1 systemd System and Service Manager
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
7 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
8 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
9 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
10 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
11 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
13 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
14 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
15 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
16 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
17 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
18 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
20 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
21 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
22 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
23 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
25 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
26 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
27 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
28 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
29 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
32 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
33 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
34 release to be enabled by default.
36 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
38 Transitions between real systems should be done with
39 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
41 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
42 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
43 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
44 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
46 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
49 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
50 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
51 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
52 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
53 the 'suspend' disk mode.
57 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
58 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
59 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
60 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
61 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
62 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
63 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
64 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
65 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
66 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
67 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
68 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
69 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
70 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
71 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
72 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
73 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
74 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
75 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
77 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
78 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
81 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
82 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
83 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
84 survive a soft-reboot operation.
86 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
87 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
88 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
89 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
90 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
91 do that via portable services instead.
93 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
94 confexts images/directories.
96 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
97 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
98 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
99 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
100 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
101 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
104 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
105 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
106 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
107 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
108 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
111 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
112 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
114 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
115 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
117 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
118 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
119 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
120 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
122 * Socket units now support a new pair of
123 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
124 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
125 will be considered within a time window.
127 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
128 the processes they should include.
130 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
131 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
133 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
134 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
135 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
137 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
138 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
139 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
140 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
141 "systemctl status" output, if available.
143 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
145 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
146 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
148 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
149 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
150 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
152 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
153 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
154 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
155 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
156 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
158 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
159 internal-only executable.
161 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
162 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
163 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
164 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
165 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
166 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
168 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
171 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
172 which PCR to measure into.
174 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
175 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
178 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
179 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
180 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
181 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
183 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
184 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
185 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
186 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
187 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
188 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
189 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
190 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
191 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
192 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
193 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
194 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
195 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
196 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
197 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
198 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
199 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
200 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
201 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
202 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
203 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
205 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
207 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
210 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
211 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
214 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
215 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
216 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
218 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
219 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
220 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
221 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
224 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
225 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
226 including the hotkey.
228 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
231 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
232 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
233 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
235 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
236 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
237 kernel command-line addons.
239 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
240 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
243 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
244 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
246 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
248 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
249 print the contents of the well-known sections.
251 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
252 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
254 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
257 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
258 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
260 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
261 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
262 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
267 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
268 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
269 systemd-repart algorithm.
271 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
272 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
274 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
275 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
276 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
278 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
281 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
282 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
284 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
285 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
288 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
289 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
290 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
294 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
295 entries instead of the newest.
297 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
298 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
299 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
303 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
304 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
305 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
306 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
307 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
308 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
309 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
310 device name the caller ended up with.
312 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
313 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
314 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
315 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
316 available to be found via that file's inode information.
318 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
319 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
322 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
323 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
324 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
325 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
326 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
329 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
330 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
331 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
332 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
333 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
334 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
335 configuration by default.
337 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
338 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
339 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
343 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
344 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
347 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
348 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
349 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
350 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
351 will be changed by the update.
353 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
354 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
355 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
356 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
358 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
359 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
361 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
362 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
364 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
367 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
368 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
369 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
371 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
372 including lease information.
374 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
376 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
377 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
379 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
380 to configure a per-route hop limit.
382 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
383 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
386 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
387 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
388 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
389 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
390 indirection of NFT set types.
392 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
393 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
395 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
396 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
397 HomeAgentPreference=.
399 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
400 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
401 advertisements (RFC8781).
403 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
404 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
407 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
408 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
409 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
412 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
413 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
414 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
415 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
417 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
418 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
419 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
420 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
421 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
426 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
429 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
430 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
434 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
435 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
437 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
438 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
439 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
440 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
443 Hibernation & Suspend:
445 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
448 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
449 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
454 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
455 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
456 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
457 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
458 interface is subject to change.
460 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
461 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
462 Requires=, and similar properties.
464 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
465 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
466 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
469 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
470 at io.systemd.sysext.
472 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
474 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
476 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
477 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
479 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
480 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
481 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
482 comments and whitespace.
484 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
485 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
486 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
488 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
491 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
494 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
496 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
497 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
499 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
500 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
502 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
503 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
504 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
505 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
506 Wallet when autologin is configured.
508 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
509 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
511 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
512 configuration files with default values are installed to.
514 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
515 were first introduced in.
517 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
518 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
519 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
520 suppsoed to be booted into via
521 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
522 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
523 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
524 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
527 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
528 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
529 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
532 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
533 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
534 operates on for the invoked process.
536 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
537 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
538 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
540 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
541 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
542 the user specified an unrecognized one.
544 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
545 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
546 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
547 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
548 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
549 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
551 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
552 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
554 * New documentation has been added:
556 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
557 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
558 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
560 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
561 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
562 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
563 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
565 * The sd-device API gained a new function
566 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
567 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
568 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
569 matches of which one one needs to apply.
571 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
572 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
573 environment variable.
575 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
576 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
577 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
579 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
580 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
581 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
584 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
586 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
587 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
588 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
589 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
590 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
591 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
592 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
593 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
594 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
595 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
596 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
597 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
598 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
599 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
600 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
601 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
602 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
603 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
604 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
605 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
606 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
607 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
608 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
609 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
610 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
611 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
612 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
613 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
614 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
615 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
616 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
617 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
618 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
619 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
620 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
621 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
622 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
623 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
624 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
625 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
627 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
631 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
633 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
634 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
635 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
636 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
638 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
640 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
641 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
642 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
643 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
644 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
645 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
647 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
648 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
649 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
650 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
652 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
653 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
654 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
655 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
656 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
659 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
660 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
661 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
663 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
664 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
666 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
667 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
668 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
669 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
670 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
671 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
673 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
674 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
675 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
676 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
677 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
678 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
679 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
681 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
682 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
683 release to be enabled by default.
685 Security Relevant Changes:
687 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
688 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
689 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
690 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
691 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
692 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
693 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
694 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
695 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
696 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
697 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
698 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
703 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
704 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
705 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
706 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
707 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
708 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
710 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
711 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
712 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
713 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
714 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
715 via the new --kill-value= option.
717 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
718 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
719 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
721 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
722 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
723 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
724 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
726 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
727 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
728 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
730 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
731 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
732 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
733 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
734 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
735 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
736 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
739 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
740 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
741 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
742 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
743 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
744 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
746 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
747 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
748 intervals for Restart=.
750 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
751 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
752 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
753 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
754 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
755 service state has converged.
757 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
758 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
759 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
761 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
762 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
763 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
765 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
766 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
767 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
770 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
771 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
774 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
775 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
776 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
777 the service has been fully stopped.
779 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
782 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
783 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
784 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
786 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
787 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
788 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
789 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
790 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
791 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
792 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
793 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
794 now handled by PID 1.
796 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
797 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
798 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
801 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
802 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
805 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
806 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
807 the default timeout for .device units.
809 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
810 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
811 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
812 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
813 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
814 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
815 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
816 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
817 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
818 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
819 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
820 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
821 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
822 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
825 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
826 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
827 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
828 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
829 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
832 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
833 same-page merging individually for services.
835 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
836 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
837 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
839 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
840 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
841 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
842 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
843 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
845 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
846 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
847 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
848 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
850 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
851 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
852 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
853 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
854 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
855 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
856 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
859 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
860 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
861 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
862 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
863 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
864 world-readable from userspace.
866 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
867 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
868 machine ID was set yet on the host.
870 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
871 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
872 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
873 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
874 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
877 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
878 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
879 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
880 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
881 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
882 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
883 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
884 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
885 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
886 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
887 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
888 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
889 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
890 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
891 untrusted in this particular setting.
895 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
896 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
897 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
898 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
899 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
901 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
902 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
903 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
905 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
906 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
910 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
911 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
913 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
914 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
916 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
917 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
918 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
919 devices and device mapper or not.
921 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
922 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
925 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
926 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
927 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
928 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
929 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
931 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
932 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
933 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
935 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
937 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
938 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
939 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
941 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
942 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
943 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
944 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
945 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
948 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
949 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
950 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
951 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
952 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
955 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
956 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
957 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
958 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
960 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
961 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
962 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
963 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
964 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
965 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
966 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
967 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
968 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
969 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
970 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
971 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
974 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
975 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
977 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
978 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
979 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
980 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
982 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
983 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
984 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
985 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
986 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
989 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
990 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
991 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
992 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
993 built and signed by the vendor.)
995 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
996 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
998 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
999 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1001 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1002 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1005 Memory Pressure & Control:
1007 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1008 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1009 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1010 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1011 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1012 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1013 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1014 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1015 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1016 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1017 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1018 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
1019 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
1022 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
1023 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
1024 logic individually. If these options are used, the
1025 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
1026 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
1027 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
1028 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
1030 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
1031 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
1032 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
1033 call requires privileges.
1035 User & Session Management:
1037 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
1038 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
1039 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
1040 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
1041 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
1042 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
1043 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
1045 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
1046 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
1047 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
1048 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
1049 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
1051 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1052 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1053 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1054 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1055 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1056 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1057 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1059 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1060 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1061 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1062 for which a TTY is added later.
1064 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1065 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1066 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1067 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1068 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1071 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1072 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1073 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1077 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1080 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1081 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1082 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1083 information and all other DDI features.
1085 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1087 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1088 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1089 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1090 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1092 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
1093 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
1094 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
1095 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
1098 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
1099 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
1100 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
1101 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
1102 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
1103 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
1104 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
1105 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
1106 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
1107 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
1108 disk images a service runs off.
1110 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
1111 parse image policy strings.
1113 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
1114 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
1115 image policy allows the DDI.
1117 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
1118 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
1121 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
1122 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
1126 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
1127 InheritInnerProtocol=.
1129 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
1130 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
1132 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
1133 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
1136 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
1137 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
1138 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
1139 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
1140 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
1142 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
1143 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
1147 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
1150 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
1151 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
1152 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
1154 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1156 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
1157 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
1158 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
1159 recommendations of TCG (see
1160 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
1162 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
1163 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
1165 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
1166 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
1167 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
1168 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
1171 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
1172 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
1173 of veracrypt volumes.
1175 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
1176 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
1177 direct) for the volume.
1179 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
1180 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
1184 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
1185 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
1186 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
1187 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
1189 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
1190 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
1191 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
1192 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
1193 target tree and those copied in.
1195 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
1196 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
1200 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
1201 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
1202 explicit name for it).
1204 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
1205 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
1206 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
1207 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
1208 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
1210 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
1212 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
1213 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
1214 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
1216 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
1217 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
1218 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
1219 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
1220 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
1225 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
1226 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
1227 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
1228 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
1229 more resilient in case of network problems.
1231 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
1232 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
1233 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
1237 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
1239 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
1240 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
1242 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
1243 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
1244 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
1245 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
1246 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
1247 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
1248 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
1249 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
1251 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
1252 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
1253 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
1254 .network, .netdev, .link files.
1256 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
1257 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
1260 * New documentation has been added:
1262 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
1263 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
1266 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
1267 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
1269 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
1270 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
1271 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
1272 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
1273 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
1274 images into a single immutable tree.
1276 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
1277 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
1278 network interface inside the container.
1280 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
1281 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
1282 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
1283 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
1284 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
1285 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
1286 status to the host, similar to local processes.
1288 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
1289 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
1290 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
1291 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
1292 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
1293 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
1294 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
1295 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
1297 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
1298 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
1299 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
1302 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
1303 mount options by default.
1305 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
1306 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
1307 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
1308 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
1309 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
1310 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
1311 lines to apply at boot.
1313 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
1314 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
1315 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
1316 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
1318 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
1319 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
1320 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
1322 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
1323 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
1324 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
1325 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
1326 directories are automatically discovered.
1328 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
1329 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
1330 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
1331 suspend or hibernation.
1333 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
1334 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
1337 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
1338 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
1339 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
1340 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
1341 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
1343 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
1344 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
1345 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
1347 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
1348 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
1349 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
1350 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
1351 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
1352 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
1353 systemd.battery-check=0 through the kernel command line.
1355 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
1356 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
1358 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
1359 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
1360 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1361 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
1362 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
1363 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
1364 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
1365 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
1366 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
1367 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
1368 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
1369 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1370 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
1371 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1372 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
1373 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
1374 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
1375 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
1376 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
1377 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
1378 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
1379 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
1380 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
1381 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
1382 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
1383 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
1384 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
1385 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
1386 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
1387 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
1388 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
1389 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
1390 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
1391 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
1392 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
1393 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
1394 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
1395 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
1396 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
1397 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
1398 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
1399 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
1400 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
1401 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
1402 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
1403 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
1404 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
1405 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1407 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
1411 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1413 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1414 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1415 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1416 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1417 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1418 userspace has been ported over already.
1420 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1421 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1422 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1423 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1424 For more details, see:
1425 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1427 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
1428 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
1429 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
1430 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
1431 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
1432 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
1433 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
1434 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1435 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
1436 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
1437 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
1438 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
1439 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
1440 later this year. For more details, see:
1441 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1443 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
1445 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
1446 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
1447 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
1448 environment is not fully supported.
1450 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
1451 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
1452 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
1454 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
1455 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
1457 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
1458 of newline-separated JSON objects.
1460 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
1461 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
1462 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
1463 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
1464 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
1465 no effect for most users.
1467 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
1468 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
1469 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
1470 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
1471 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
1472 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
1473 manager is also enabled and used.
1475 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
1476 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
1477 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
1480 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
1481 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
1482 integer as parameter instead of a string.
1484 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
1485 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
1486 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
1487 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
1488 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
1489 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
1490 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
1491 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
1494 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
1495 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
1496 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
1497 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
1498 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
1499 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
1503 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
1504 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
1505 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
1506 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
1507 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
1508 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
1509 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
1512 Changes in systemd and units:
1514 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
1515 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
1516 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
1517 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
1518 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
1519 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
1520 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
1522 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
1523 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
1525 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
1526 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
1527 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
1528 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
1529 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
1531 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
1532 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
1535 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
1536 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
1537 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
1538 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
1539 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
1542 * The manager has a new
1543 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
1544 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
1545 PID recycling issues.
1547 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
1548 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
1549 terminating some processes in the scope.
1551 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1552 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1554 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1555 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1556 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1557 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1558 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1559 request is received over D-Bus.
1561 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1562 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1563 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1564 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1565 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1567 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1568 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1569 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1570 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1571 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1572 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1573 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1574 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1576 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1577 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1578 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1579 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1580 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1583 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1584 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1585 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1586 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1588 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1589 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1590 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1593 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1594 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1596 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1597 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1598 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1599 user units respectively.
1601 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1602 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1603 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1604 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1605 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1606 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1607 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1608 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1609 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1614 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1615 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1616 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1617 in some embedded systems.
1619 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1620 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1622 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1623 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1624 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1625 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1627 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1628 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1630 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1631 that are being renamed.
1633 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1635 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1636 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1637 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1640 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1641 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1642 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1643 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1645 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1646 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1647 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1648 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1650 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1651 field-separated hashing scheme.
1653 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1654 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1657 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1658 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1661 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1662 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1663 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1666 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1667 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1668 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1671 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1672 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1673 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1676 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1677 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1678 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1680 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1681 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1682 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1685 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1686 as for kernel-install.
1688 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1689 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1690 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1692 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1693 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1695 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1696 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1697 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1698 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1699 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1700 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1702 Changes in kernel-install:
1704 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1705 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1706 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1707 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1708 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1711 Changes in systemctl:
1713 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1714 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1715 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1717 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1718 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1719 silences this warning.
1721 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1722 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1725 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1727 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1729 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1730 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1733 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1735 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1736 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1737 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1738 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1739 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1740 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1741 of the raw socket bypass.
1743 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1744 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1745 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1746 advertisements (RAs).
1748 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1749 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1750 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1752 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1755 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1756 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1757 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1758 It is enabled by default.
1760 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1761 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1762 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1764 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1766 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1768 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1769 all files and directories in a DDI.
1771 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1772 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1774 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1775 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1776 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1777 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1779 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1780 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1781 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1784 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1785 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1787 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1788 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1790 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1791 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1792 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1793 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1796 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1797 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1798 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1799 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1800 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1801 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1802 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1804 Changes in systemd-repart:
1806 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1807 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1808 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1809 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1810 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1811 hash of the root partition).
1813 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1814 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1815 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1818 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1819 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1821 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1822 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1824 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1825 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1826 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1828 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1829 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1830 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1831 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1834 Changes in journal tools:
1836 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1837 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1838 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1839 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1840 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1841 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1843 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1844 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1845 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1846 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1847 installation scripts.
1849 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1850 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1851 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1853 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1856 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1857 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1858 password was strictly required to be specified.
1860 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1861 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1862 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1863 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1864 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1866 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1867 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1868 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1869 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1870 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1872 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1873 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1875 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1876 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1877 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1878 specified via root=.
1880 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1881 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
1882 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1883 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1884 these switches during early boot.
1886 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1887 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1889 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1890 making it harder to brute-force.
1892 Changes in other tools:
1894 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1895 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1897 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1898 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1899 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1900 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1902 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1903 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1904 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1905 unprivileged code to access those values.
1907 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1908 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1909 this to show the status of the installed system.
1911 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1912 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1913 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1914 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1916 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1917 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1918 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1919 synchronization via NTP.
1921 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1922 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1923 increases in subsequent boots.
1925 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1926 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1927 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1928 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1930 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1931 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1932 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1933 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1934 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1935 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1938 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1939 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1940 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1942 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1943 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1944 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1945 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1947 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1948 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1949 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1950 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1952 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1953 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1954 --no-legend options have been added.
1956 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1957 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1959 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1960 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1962 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1964 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1965 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1966 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
1967 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
1968 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
1969 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
1971 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
1972 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
1973 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
1974 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
1976 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
1978 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
1979 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
1981 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
1982 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
1983 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
1984 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
1985 does not need the output value.
1987 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
1988 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
1989 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
1990 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
1991 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
1992 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
1994 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
1995 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1996 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1997 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
1998 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2000 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2001 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2002 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2004 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2005 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2006 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2009 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2010 virtualization is now detected.
2012 Changes in the build system:
2014 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2015 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2017 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2018 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
2021 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
2023 Changes in the documentation:
2025 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
2026 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
2027 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
2029 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
2030 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
2031 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
2032 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
2033 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
2034 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2035 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
2036 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
2037 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
2038 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
2039 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
2040 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
2041 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
2042 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
2043 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
2044 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
2045 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
2046 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
2047 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
2048 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
2049 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
2050 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2051 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2052 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2053 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2054 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2055 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2056 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2057 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2058 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2059 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2060 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2061 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2062 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2065 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2069 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2071 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2072 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2073 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2074 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2075 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2076 userspace has been ported over already.
2078 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2079 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2080 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2081 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2082 For more details, see:
2083 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2085 Compatibility Breaks:
2087 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2088 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2089 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2090 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2091 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2092 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
2093 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
2094 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
2095 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
2098 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
2099 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
2100 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
2101 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
2102 already have been updated or removed.
2106 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
2107 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
2108 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
2109 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
2110 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
2111 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
2114 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
2115 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
2116 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
2117 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
2118 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
2119 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
2120 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
2121 the booted UKI to gain access.
2123 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
2124 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
2125 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
2126 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
2127 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
2128 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
2130 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
2131 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
2132 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
2133 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
2134 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
2135 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
2136 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
2137 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
2139 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
2140 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
2141 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
2142 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
2143 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
2144 initrd, but not later.)
2146 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
2148 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
2149 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
2150 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
2151 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
2154 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
2155 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
2156 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
2157 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
2160 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
2162 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
2163 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
2164 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
2166 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
2167 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
2170 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
2172 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2173 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
2176 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2177 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
2180 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
2183 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
2184 SMBIOS fields. For example
2186 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
2188 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
2189 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
2192 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
2193 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
2194 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
2196 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
2197 associated service unit, if any.
2199 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
2200 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
2201 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
2202 unsealed only in the initrd.
2204 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
2205 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
2207 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
2208 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
2209 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
2210 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
2211 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
2212 the host system as expected.
2214 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
2215 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
2216 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
2217 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
2219 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
2220 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
2221 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
2223 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
2226 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
2229 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
2230 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
2233 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
2236 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
2237 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
2238 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
2239 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
2241 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
2242 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
2244 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
2245 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
2246 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
2247 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
2248 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
2249 than for behaviour decisions.
2251 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
2252 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
2254 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
2255 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
2256 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
2258 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2260 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
2261 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
2262 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
2263 the main specification.
2265 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
2266 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
2267 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
2268 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
2270 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
2271 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
2272 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
2274 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
2275 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
2277 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
2278 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
2279 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
2280 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
2281 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
2282 the stub was executed.
2284 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
2285 is now supported by sd-boot.
2287 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
2288 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
2289 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
2290 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
2291 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
2293 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
2294 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
2296 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
2297 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
2298 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
2299 to detect and warn about this.
2301 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
2302 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
2303 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
2305 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
2306 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
2307 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
2308 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
2310 Changes in the hardware database:
2312 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
2314 Changes in systemctl:
2316 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
2319 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
2322 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
2323 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
2324 which operates relative to some directory).
2326 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2328 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
2329 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
2331 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
2332 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
2334 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
2335 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
2337 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
2338 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
2339 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
2340 interface is being serviced.
2342 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
2344 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
2346 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
2348 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
2349 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
2350 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
2352 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2354 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
2355 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
2356 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
2357 restarted at any point.
2359 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
2360 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
2361 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
2362 any clients connected to this socket.
2364 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
2366 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
2367 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
2368 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
2370 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
2371 is still supported.)
2373 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
2375 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
2376 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
2377 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
2378 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
2381 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
2382 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
2383 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
2386 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
2387 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
2388 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
2390 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
2391 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
2392 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
2394 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
2395 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
2396 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
2398 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
2399 database given an explicit path to the file.
2401 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
2402 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
2403 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
2404 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
2407 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
2408 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
2409 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
2411 Changes in other components:
2413 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
2414 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
2416 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
2417 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
2418 'dpkg --compare-versions').
2420 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
2421 names to limit the output to matching units.
2423 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
2424 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
2425 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
2426 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
2428 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
2429 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
2432 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
2433 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
2434 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
2436 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
2439 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
2440 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
2442 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
2443 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
2445 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
2446 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
2448 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
2449 user when their system will become unsupported.
2451 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
2452 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
2453 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
2454 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
2456 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
2457 setting is unknown to the kernel.
2459 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
2462 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
2463 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
2465 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
2466 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
2467 time delta between subsequent messages.
2469 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
2472 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
2473 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
2474 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
2476 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
2477 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
2478 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
2479 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
2480 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
2481 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
2482 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
2484 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
2485 combination with --scope.
2487 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
2488 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
2489 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
2490 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
2491 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
2492 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
2493 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
2494 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
2497 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
2498 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
2501 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
2504 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
2505 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
2506 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
2507 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
2508 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
2510 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
2511 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
2513 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
2514 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
2515 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
2516 split dm-verity artifacts.
2518 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
2521 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
2522 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
2524 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
2526 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
2529 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
2531 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
2533 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
2536 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
2538 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
2539 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
2541 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
2542 session after a preconfigure timeout.
2544 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
2545 rather than indefinitely.
2547 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
2548 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
2549 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2551 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2552 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2553 build can be reproducible.
2555 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2558 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2559 "alias" fields for the device.
2561 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2562 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2564 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2566 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2567 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2569 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2570 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2571 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2572 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2573 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2574 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2575 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2576 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2577 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2578 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2580 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2582 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2585 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2586 device is used as a keyfile.
2588 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2589 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2590 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2591 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2593 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2594 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2595 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2597 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2598 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2600 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2603 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2606 Experimental features:
2608 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2609 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2611 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2612 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2613 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2614 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2615 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2617 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2618 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2619 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2620 tandem with the kernel.
2622 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2623 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2624 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2625 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2626 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2627 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2628 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2629 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2630 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2631 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2632 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2633 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2634 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2635 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2636 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2637 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2638 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2639 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2640 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2641 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2642 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2643 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2644 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2645 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2646 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2647 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2648 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2649 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2650 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2651 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2652 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2653 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2654 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2655 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2656 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2657 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2658 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2659 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2660 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2661 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2662 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2663 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2664 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2665 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2666 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2667 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2668 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2669 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2671 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2675 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2677 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2678 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2680 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2681 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2683 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2684 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2685 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2686 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2687 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2688 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2690 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2691 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2692 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2694 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2695 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2696 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2697 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2698 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2699 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2700 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2702 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2703 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2704 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2705 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2706 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2707 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2708 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2709 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2710 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2711 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2712 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2713 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2714 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2716 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2717 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2718 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2719 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2720 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2721 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2722 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2723 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2724 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2725 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2726 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2727 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2729 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2732 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2733 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2734 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2735 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2737 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2739 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2740 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2741 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2743 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2744 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2745 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2747 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2748 to account for this change.
2750 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2751 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2752 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2754 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2756 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2757 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2758 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2759 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2760 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2761 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2762 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2763 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2764 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2765 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2766 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2767 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2768 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2769 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2770 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2771 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2773 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2774 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2775 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2776 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2777 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2779 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2780 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2781 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2782 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2783 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2784 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2786 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2787 systemd-boot boot loader.
2789 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2790 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2791 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2792 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2794 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2795 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2796 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2797 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2798 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2799 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2800 prepared successfully.
2802 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2803 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2804 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2805 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2806 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2807 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2809 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2810 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2811 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2812 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2814 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2815 paths and other settings used.
2817 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2818 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2819 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2821 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2822 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2823 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2824 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2825 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2827 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2828 menu entries in JSON format.
2830 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2831 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2833 Changes in systemd-homed:
2835 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2836 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2837 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2838 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2839 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2840 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2841 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2842 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2843 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2844 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2845 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2848 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2850 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2851 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2852 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2853 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2854 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2855 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2856 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2857 context of the local system.
2859 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2860 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2861 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2862 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2863 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2864 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2865 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2866 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2867 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2869 Changes in shared libraries:
2871 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2872 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2873 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2874 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2876 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2877 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2878 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2879 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2880 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2881 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2882 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2883 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2886 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2887 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2888 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2890 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2891 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2892 object from a device node name or file system path.
2894 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2895 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2896 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2897 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2898 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2899 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2900 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2901 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2903 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2905 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2906 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2907 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2908 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2909 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2910 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2912 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2913 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2914 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2917 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2919 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2920 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2921 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2922 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2925 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2927 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2928 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2929 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2931 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2934 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2935 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2938 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2939 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2941 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2942 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2944 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2945 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2946 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2947 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2948 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2949 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2950 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2951 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2953 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2954 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2955 Condition*= settings.
2957 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2958 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2960 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2961 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2962 assign to each cgroup.
2964 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2965 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2966 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
2967 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2969 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
2970 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
2972 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
2973 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
2974 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
2976 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
2977 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
2978 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
2981 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
2982 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
2983 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
2986 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
2987 environment variables set describing the execution context a
2988 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
2989 system service manager, or from the per-user service
2990 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
2991 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
2992 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
2993 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
2994 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
2995 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
2996 kernel is built for.
2998 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
2999 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3000 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3001 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3002 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3003 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3004 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3005 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3006 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3007 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3008 this way can be turned off via the new
3009 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3011 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3012 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3013 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3014 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3015 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3016 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3017 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3020 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
3023 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
3025 Changes in systemd-journald:
3027 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
3028 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
3030 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
3032 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
3033 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
3035 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
3036 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
3040 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
3041 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
3042 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
3045 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
3046 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
3048 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
3049 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
3051 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3052 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3053 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3054 initialized yet, respectively.
3056 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3057 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3058 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3059 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3060 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3062 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3063 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3064 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3065 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3067 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3068 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3070 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3071 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3073 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3074 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3075 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3076 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3077 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3078 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3079 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3080 the one in the symlink path.
3082 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3084 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3085 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3086 only supported in .network files.
3088 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3089 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3091 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3093 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
3094 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
3095 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
3098 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
3099 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
3102 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
3103 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
3105 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
3106 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
3108 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
3109 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
3111 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
3113 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
3114 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
3115 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
3118 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
3119 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
3122 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
3123 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
3125 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
3126 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
3127 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
3130 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3132 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
3133 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
3136 Changes in disk encryption:
3138 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
3139 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
3140 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
3142 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
3144 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
3145 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
3146 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
3148 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
3149 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
3150 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
3152 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
3154 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
3155 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
3157 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
3158 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
3161 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
3162 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
3163 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
3164 firmware version of the system.
3166 Changes in other components:
3168 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
3169 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
3170 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
3171 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
3172 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
3174 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
3175 list of known users.
3177 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
3178 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
3179 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
3181 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
3182 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
3184 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
3185 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
3186 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
3189 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
3190 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
3191 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
3192 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
3193 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
3194 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
3195 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
3197 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
3198 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
3201 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
3202 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
3203 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
3204 $ meson build systemd-boot
3205 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
3206 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
3208 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
3209 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
3210 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
3211 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
3212 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
3214 Experimental features:
3216 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
3217 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
3218 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
3219 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
3220 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
3221 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
3222 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
3223 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
3224 compatibility with the current implementation.
3226 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
3227 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
3228 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
3229 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
3231 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3232 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
3233 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
3234 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3235 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
3236 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
3237 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
3238 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
3239 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
3240 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
3241 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3242 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
3243 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
3244 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
3245 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3246 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
3247 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
3248 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
3249 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3250 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
3251 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
3252 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
3253 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
3254 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
3255 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
3256 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
3257 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
3258 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
3259 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
3260 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
3261 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
3262 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
3263 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
3264 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3265 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
3266 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
3267 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
3269 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
3273 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
3274 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
3275 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
3276 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
3277 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
3278 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
3279 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
3280 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
3281 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
3282 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
3283 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
3285 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
3286 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
3287 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
3288 installation or hardware.
3290 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
3291 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
3293 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
3294 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
3295 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
3296 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
3297 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
3298 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
3299 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
3301 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
3302 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
3303 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
3304 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
3305 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
3306 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
3307 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
3308 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
3309 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
3310 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
3311 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
3312 drop-in file mechanism).
3314 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
3315 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
3316 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
3317 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
3318 service, or attached as system extension.
3320 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
3321 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
3322 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
3323 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
3324 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
3326 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
3327 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
3330 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
3331 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
3332 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
3333 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
3334 systemd-binfmtd is running.
3336 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
3337 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
3338 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
3339 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
3340 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
3341 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
3342 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
3343 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
3344 does not trigger any operation by default.
3346 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
3347 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
3348 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
3349 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
3350 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
3351 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
3352 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
3353 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
3355 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
3356 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
3357 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
3358 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
3359 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
3361 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
3362 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
3363 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
3364 request this behavior.
3366 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
3367 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
3368 time-out for the boot.
3370 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
3371 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
3372 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
3373 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
3374 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
3375 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
3376 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
3377 system services or the managers themselves.
3379 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
3380 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
3381 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
3382 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
3383 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
3384 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
3385 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
3388 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
3389 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
3391 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
3392 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
3393 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
3394 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
3395 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
3396 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
3399 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
3400 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
3401 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
3402 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
3403 during boot and shutdown.
3405 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
3406 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
3407 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
3408 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
3409 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
3410 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
3412 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
3413 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
3415 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
3416 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
3418 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
3419 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
3421 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
3422 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
3423 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
3424 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
3425 variable passed to invoked processes.
3427 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
3428 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
3429 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
3431 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
3432 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
3433 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
3434 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
3435 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
3436 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
3439 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
3440 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
3441 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
3442 dimensions to a virtual machine.
3444 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
3445 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
3446 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
3447 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
3450 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
3451 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
3452 mounting the autofs instance.
3454 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
3455 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
3458 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
3459 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
3460 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
3461 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
3462 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
3465 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
3466 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
3467 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
3469 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
3470 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
3471 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
3472 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
3473 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
3474 trust as SHA256 banks.
3476 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
3477 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
3478 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
3479 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
3481 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
3482 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
3483 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
3484 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
3487 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
3488 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
3489 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
3490 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
3492 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
3493 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
3494 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
3495 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
3496 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
3499 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
3500 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
3501 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
3502 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
3503 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
3504 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
3506 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
3507 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
3508 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
3509 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
3510 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
3512 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
3513 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
3515 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
3516 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
3518 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
3519 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
3520 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
3521 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
3522 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
3523 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
3524 and how to trigger it.
3526 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
3527 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
3528 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
3529 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
3530 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
3531 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
3532 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
3533 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
3536 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
3537 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
3538 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
3539 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
3540 against abnormal system shutdown.
3542 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
3543 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
3544 directory/image instead of on the host.
3546 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
3547 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
3550 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3551 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3552 or recursively any dependent units.
3554 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3555 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3556 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3557 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3558 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3559 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3560 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3561 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3562 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3563 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3564 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3566 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3568 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3569 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3570 "filesystems" commands.
3572 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3573 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3574 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3577 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3578 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3579 including the build-id and other info described on:
3580 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3582 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3583 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3586 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3587 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3589 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3590 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3591 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3594 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3595 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3596 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3597 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3598 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3601 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3602 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3605 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3606 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3607 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3609 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3610 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3613 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3614 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3615 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3617 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3618 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3620 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3621 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3622 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3624 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3625 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3626 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3629 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3630 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3631 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3632 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3633 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3635 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3636 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3637 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3638 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3639 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3640 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3641 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3642 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3644 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3645 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3647 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3648 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3649 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3651 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3652 setting to specify the router address.
3654 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3655 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3656 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3657 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3659 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3660 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3661 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3662 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3663 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3665 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3666 interfaces has been improved.
3668 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3669 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3670 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3671 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3673 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3674 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3675 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3677 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3678 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3679 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3681 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
3682 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3683 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3684 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3686 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3687 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3690 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3691 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3693 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3694 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3697 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3698 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3699 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3700 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3701 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3702 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3703 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3705 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3706 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3707 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3708 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3709 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3710 the performance win is beneficial.
3712 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3713 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3715 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3716 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3717 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3718 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3719 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3720 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3721 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3722 taken to shift them manually.
3724 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3725 show the Windows version.
3727 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3730 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3731 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3732 resolutions and save the last selection.
3734 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3735 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3736 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3737 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3739 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3740 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3743 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3744 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3745 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3746 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3747 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3749 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3750 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3751 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3753 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3754 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3755 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3756 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3757 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3759 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3760 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3761 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3762 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3765 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3766 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3768 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3769 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3770 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3771 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3772 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3773 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3774 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3775 credentials, see above).
3777 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3778 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3779 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3781 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3782 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3783 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3784 Specification Type #2.
3786 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3787 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3788 non-x86 architectures.
3790 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3791 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3792 or just the subsequent boot).
3794 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3795 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3796 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3797 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3798 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3799 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3801 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3802 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3803 values for this variable.
3805 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3806 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3807 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3808 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3809 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3810 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3811 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3812 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3813 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3816 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3817 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3818 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3819 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3820 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3821 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3822 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3825 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3826 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3827 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3828 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3829 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3830 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3831 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3832 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3833 installations that use the bls layout.
3835 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3837 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3838 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3839 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3840 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3841 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3842 attached under a wrong name this way.
3844 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3845 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3848 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3849 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3851 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3852 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3853 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3854 be accessible to regular users.
3856 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3857 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3858 they point (front or back).
3860 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3863 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3864 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3866 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3867 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3868 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3869 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3870 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3871 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3873 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3874 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3876 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3877 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3880 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3881 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3882 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3884 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3885 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3887 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3888 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3889 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3891 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3892 forked, sandboxed process.
3894 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3895 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3896 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3897 reason it was not tried again.
3899 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3900 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3901 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3902 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3903 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3904 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3906 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3907 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3910 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3911 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3912 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3913 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3914 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3915 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3916 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3917 system trees is no longer necessary.
3919 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3920 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3921 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3923 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3924 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3925 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3926 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3927 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3928 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3930 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3931 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3934 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3935 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3936 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3937 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3938 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3939 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3941 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3942 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3943 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3944 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3945 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3946 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3949 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3950 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3951 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3952 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3953 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3954 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3955 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3956 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3957 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3959 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3960 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3961 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3962 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3963 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3964 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3965 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3966 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
3967 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
3968 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
3969 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
3970 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
3972 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
3973 to use when outputting user or group records.
3975 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
3976 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
3977 record resolution logic.
3979 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
3980 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
3981 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
3982 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
3983 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
3984 other also configured in the command line.
3986 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
3987 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
3988 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
3991 * The sd-event API gained a new function
3992 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
3993 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
3994 leaves the rate limiting phase.
3996 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
3997 to port systemd to a new architecture:
3999 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4001 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4002 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4004 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4005 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4006 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4007 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4008 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4009 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4012 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4013 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4014 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4015 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4018 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
4019 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
4020 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
4021 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
4022 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
4023 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
4024 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
4025 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
4026 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
4027 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
4028 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
4030 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
4031 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
4032 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
4033 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
4035 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
4036 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
4038 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
4040 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
4041 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
4042 appropriate primary group.
4044 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
4046 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
4048 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
4049 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
4052 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4053 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4055 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4056 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4058 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4059 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4061 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4062 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4063 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4064 that have compression enabled.
4066 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4067 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4068 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4069 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4071 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4074 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4077 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4080 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4081 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4082 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4083 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4085 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4086 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4087 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4088 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4089 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4090 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4091 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4092 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
4093 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
4094 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
4095 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
4096 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
4097 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
4098 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
4099 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
4100 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
4101 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
4102 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
4103 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
4104 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
4105 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
4106 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
4107 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
4108 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
4109 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
4110 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
4111 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
4112 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
4113 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
4114 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
4115 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
4116 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
4117 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
4118 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
4119 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
4120 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
4121 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
4122 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
4123 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
4124 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
4125 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
4126 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
4127 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
4128 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
4129 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4130 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4132 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
4136 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
4137 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
4138 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
4139 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
4140 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
4141 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
4142 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
4143 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
4144 a matching version identifier.
4146 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
4147 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
4148 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
4149 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
4150 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
4151 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
4152 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
4153 during first boot. Example:
4155 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
4157 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
4158 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
4159 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
4160 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
4161 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
4163 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
4164 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
4165 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
4166 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
4169 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
4170 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
4171 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
4172 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
4174 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
4175 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
4176 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
4177 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
4178 systemd-sysusers tools.
4180 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
4181 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
4182 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
4183 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
4186 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4187 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
4188 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
4189 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
4190 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
4191 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
4192 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
4193 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
4194 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
4195 immediately, even in read-only mode.
4197 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
4198 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
4199 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
4200 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
4201 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
4203 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4204 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
4205 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
4206 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
4207 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
4209 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
4210 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
4211 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
4212 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
4213 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
4216 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
4217 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
4218 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
4219 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
4221 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
4222 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
4223 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
4224 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
4225 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
4226 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
4227 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
4228 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
4229 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
4230 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
4233 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
4235 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
4238 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
4239 backwards-incompatible changes:
4241 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
4242 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
4243 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
4246 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
4247 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
4248 where values up to 65535 are used.
4250 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
4252 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
4253 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
4254 command line parameter.
4256 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
4257 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
4258 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
4260 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
4261 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
4262 the udev device first appeared in the database.
4264 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
4265 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
4266 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
4267 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
4268 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
4269 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
4270 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
4271 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
4272 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
4273 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
4274 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
4277 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
4278 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
4279 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
4280 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
4283 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
4284 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
4285 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
4286 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
4287 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
4290 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
4292 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
4293 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
4294 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
4295 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
4298 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
4299 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
4300 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
4301 available on private domains.
4303 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
4305 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
4306 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
4307 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
4309 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
4310 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
4313 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
4314 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
4315 consider an interface "online".
4317 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
4320 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
4321 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
4323 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
4324 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
4326 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
4327 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
4328 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
4329 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
4331 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
4332 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
4333 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
4336 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
4337 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
4338 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
4339 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
4341 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
4342 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
4343 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
4345 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
4346 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
4347 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
4348 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
4349 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
4350 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
4351 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
4353 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
4354 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
4355 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
4356 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
4357 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
4358 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
4359 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
4362 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
4365 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
4366 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
4367 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
4368 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
4370 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
4371 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
4372 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
4373 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
4374 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
4375 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
4377 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
4378 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
4379 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
4380 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
4381 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
4382 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
4383 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
4384 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
4385 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
4386 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
4387 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
4388 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
4389 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
4390 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
4391 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
4393 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4395 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
4396 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
4397 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
4398 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
4399 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
4400 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
4401 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
4403 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
4404 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
4405 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
4408 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
4409 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
4410 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
4411 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
4413 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
4414 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
4415 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
4416 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
4417 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
4418 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
4420 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
4421 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
4422 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
4423 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
4424 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
4425 program code that can consume JSON.
4427 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
4428 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
4430 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
4431 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
4432 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
4433 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
4434 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
4435 continue to be supported for compatibility.
4437 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
4438 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
4440 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
4441 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
4442 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
4443 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
4446 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
4447 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
4448 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
4449 Type 1 boot loader entries.
4451 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
4452 may be specified now.
4454 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
4455 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
4456 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
4457 an interactive user is generally not present.
4459 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
4460 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
4461 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
4462 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
4465 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
4466 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
4467 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
4468 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
4469 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
4470 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
4471 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
4474 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
4475 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
4476 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
4477 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
4478 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
4479 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
4480 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
4482 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
4483 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
4484 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
4485 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
4486 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
4487 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
4488 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
4489 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
4490 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
4491 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
4492 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
4493 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
4494 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
4495 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
4496 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
4497 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
4498 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
4499 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
4500 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
4501 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
4502 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
4503 privileges on the host).
4505 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
4506 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
4507 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
4509 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
4510 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
4511 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
4512 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
4513 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
4514 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
4515 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
4516 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
4517 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
4519 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
4520 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
4521 user database lookups.
4523 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
4524 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
4525 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
4526 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
4527 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
4528 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
4529 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
4530 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
4531 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
4532 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
4533 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
4534 is trivially simple.
4536 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
4537 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
4538 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
4541 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
4542 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
4543 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
4544 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
4545 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
4546 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
4547 units that are members of a slice.
4549 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4550 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4551 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4552 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4554 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4555 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4556 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4557 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4558 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4559 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4561 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4562 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4563 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4564 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4565 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4566 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4567 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4568 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4569 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4571 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4572 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4574 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4575 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4576 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4578 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4579 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4580 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4581 characters literally.
4583 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4584 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4585 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4588 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4589 the systemd source code tree:
4591 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4593 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4596 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4597 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4598 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4600 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4601 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4602 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4603 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4605 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4606 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4607 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4608 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4609 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4610 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4611 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4612 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4614 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4615 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4617 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4618 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4619 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4620 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4622 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4623 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4626 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4627 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4628 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4630 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4631 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4633 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4634 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4635 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4637 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4638 setting a network timeout time.
4640 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4641 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4642 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4644 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4645 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4646 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4647 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4648 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4649 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4652 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4653 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4654 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4655 events in a short time window.
4657 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4658 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4659 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4660 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4661 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4662 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4663 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4664 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4665 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4666 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4667 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4668 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4669 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4670 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4671 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4672 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4673 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4674 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4675 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4676 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4677 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4678 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4679 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4680 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4681 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4682 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4683 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4684 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4685 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4686 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4687 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4689 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4693 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4694 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4695 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4696 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4697 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4698 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4700 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4701 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4702 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4704 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4705 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4706 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4708 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4709 supported system extension level.
4711 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4712 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4713 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4716 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4717 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4718 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4720 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4721 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4722 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4723 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4725 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4726 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4728 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4729 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4730 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4731 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4732 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4734 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4735 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4736 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4739 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4740 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4741 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4742 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4743 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4744 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4745 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4746 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4748 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4749 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4750 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4751 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4752 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4754 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4755 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4758 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4759 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4760 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4761 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4762 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4763 shows this in the status output.
4765 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4766 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4767 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4768 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4769 the need for configuration in an external file.
4771 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4772 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4773 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4775 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4776 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4777 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4779 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4780 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4783 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4785 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4787 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4788 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4791 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4792 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4793 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4795 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4796 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4797 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4798 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4799 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4802 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4803 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4805 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4806 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4808 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4809 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4810 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4811 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4813 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4814 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4815 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4816 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4818 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4819 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4820 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4822 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4825 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4826 generated from kernel lists exported on
4827 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4829 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4830 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4831 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4833 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4834 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4835 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4836 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4838 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4839 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4840 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4842 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4843 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4844 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4845 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4847 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4848 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4850 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4851 noexec for parts of the file system.
4853 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4854 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4855 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4856 systemctl and similar tools:
4858 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4860 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4861 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4862 the host itself is connected to
4864 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4866 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4867 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4868 parameter: the message to send.
4870 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4871 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4872 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4874 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4875 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4877 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4878 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4880 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4881 queue to be configured.
4883 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4884 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4885 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4887 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4888 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4889 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4890 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4891 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4894 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4895 switch to select the routing policy table.
4897 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4898 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4900 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4901 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4902 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4903 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4906 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4907 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4909 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4910 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4912 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4913 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4914 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4915 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4917 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4918 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4921 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4922 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4923 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4925 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4926 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4927 even a single device.
4929 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4930 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4933 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4934 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4936 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4937 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4938 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4939 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4940 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4942 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4943 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4945 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4946 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4949 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4950 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4951 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4952 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4953 the upstream server.
4955 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4956 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4957 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4958 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4959 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4960 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4963 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4964 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4965 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4967 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
4968 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
4969 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
4970 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
4971 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
4972 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
4973 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
4974 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
4975 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
4976 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
4979 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
4980 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
4981 capabilities passed to the container payload.
4983 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
4984 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
4985 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
4986 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
4987 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
4990 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
4991 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
4992 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
4994 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
4995 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
4997 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
4998 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
4999 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5000 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5003 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5004 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5005 operation, but it is still recommended.
5007 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5008 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5010 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5011 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5013 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5014 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5015 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5017 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5018 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
5019 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
5021 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
5022 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
5023 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
5024 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
5025 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
5026 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
5027 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
5028 imported into the manager environment block.
5030 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
5031 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
5032 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
5034 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
5035 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
5036 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
5039 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
5040 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
5041 a simple JSON format.
5043 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
5044 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
5045 process signals and their numbers.
5047 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
5049 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
5050 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5052 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5053 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5054 colors are used in output.
5056 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5057 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5058 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5059 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5060 disable this output again.
5062 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5063 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5064 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5065 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5067 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5068 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5071 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5072 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5073 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5074 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5075 the keymap file first.
5077 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5079 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5080 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5081 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5083 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5084 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5085 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5086 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5088 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5089 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5090 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5091 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5092 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
5093 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
5095 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
5096 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
5099 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
5100 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
5101 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
5102 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
5103 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
5104 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
5105 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
5106 operations at a later step at once.
5108 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
5109 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
5112 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
5113 and measured the boot process into it.
5115 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
5116 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
5117 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
5118 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
5120 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
5121 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
5122 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
5123 it assigns the container a cgroup.
5125 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
5126 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
5128 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
5129 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
5131 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
5132 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
5133 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
5134 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
5135 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
5136 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
5137 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
5138 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
5139 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
5140 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
5141 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
5142 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
5143 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
5144 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
5145 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
5146 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
5147 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
5148 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
5149 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
5150 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
5151 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
5152 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
5153 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
5154 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
5155 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
5156 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
5157 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
5158 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
5159 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
5160 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
5161 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
5162 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
5163 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
5164 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
5165 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
5166 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5167 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5169 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
5173 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
5174 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
5175 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
5176 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
5177 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
5178 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
5179 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
5180 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
5181 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
5182 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
5183 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
5184 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
5185 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
5186 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
5187 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
5189 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
5190 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
5191 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
5192 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
5193 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
5194 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
5195 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
5196 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
5197 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
5198 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
5199 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
5200 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
5201 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
5202 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
5203 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
5205 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
5206 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
5207 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
5208 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
5209 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
5210 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
5211 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
5212 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
5213 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
5214 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
5216 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
5217 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
5218 handle the new events. Specifically:
5220 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
5221 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
5222 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
5223 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
5224 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
5225 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
5226 generated, for all other device types this change is still
5227 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
5228 future kernel uevent type additions).
5230 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
5231 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
5232 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
5233 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
5234 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
5235 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
5236 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
5237 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
5238 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
5239 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
5240 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
5241 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
5243 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
5244 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
5245 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
5246 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
5247 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
5248 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
5249 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
5252 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
5253 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
5254 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
5257 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
5258 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
5259 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
5260 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
5261 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
5262 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
5263 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
5264 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
5265 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
5266 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
5267 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
5268 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
5269 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
5270 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
5271 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
5272 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
5273 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
5274 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
5275 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
5276 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
5277 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
5278 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
5279 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
5280 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
5281 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
5282 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
5284 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
5285 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
5286 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
5287 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
5288 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
5290 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
5291 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
5292 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
5293 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
5294 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
5295 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
5296 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
5297 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
5298 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
5299 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
5300 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
5301 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
5302 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
5304 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
5305 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
5306 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
5307 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
5308 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
5309 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
5310 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
5311 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
5312 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
5313 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
5314 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
5315 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
5316 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
5317 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
5318 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
5319 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
5320 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
5321 they now are optional during runtime.
5323 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
5324 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
5325 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
5326 which installs absolute timers.
5328 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
5329 mode, which may be controlled via the new
5330 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
5331 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
5332 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
5333 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
5334 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
5335 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
5336 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
5337 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
5339 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
5340 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
5341 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
5342 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
5343 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
5344 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
5345 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
5348 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
5349 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
5350 the RootImage= setting.
5352 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
5353 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
5356 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
5357 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
5358 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
5359 different for different units).
5361 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
5362 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
5365 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
5368 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
5369 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
5370 authentication request.
5372 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
5373 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
5374 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
5375 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
5376 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
5377 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
5380 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
5381 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
5382 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
5383 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
5384 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
5385 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
5386 image to be applied onto the image.
5388 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
5389 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
5392 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
5393 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
5394 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
5397 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
5398 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
5399 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
5400 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
5402 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
5403 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
5404 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
5405 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
5406 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
5407 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
5408 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
5409 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
5410 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
5411 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
5413 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
5414 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
5415 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
5416 recursively to whole subtrees.
5418 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
5419 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
5420 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
5421 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
5422 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
5423 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
5424 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
5425 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
5427 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
5428 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
5429 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
5430 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
5431 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
5432 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
5433 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
5434 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
5435 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
5436 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
5437 system asks for a password.
5439 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
5440 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
5441 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
5442 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
5443 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
5446 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
5447 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
5448 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
5450 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
5451 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
5452 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
5455 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
5456 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
5457 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
5458 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
5459 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
5460 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
5461 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
5462 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
5463 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
5464 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
5465 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
5466 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
5467 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
5468 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
5471 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
5473 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
5474 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
5475 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
5477 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
5478 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
5479 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
5480 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
5482 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
5483 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
5485 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
5486 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
5487 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
5488 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
5489 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
5490 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
5491 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
5494 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
5495 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
5496 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
5497 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
5500 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
5501 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
5502 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
5503 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
5504 system call filter policy.
5506 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
5507 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
5508 filtering is turned off.
5510 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
5511 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
5512 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
5513 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
5514 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
5515 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
5516 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
5517 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
5518 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
5520 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
5521 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
5522 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
5525 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
5526 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
5528 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
5529 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
5530 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
5531 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
5532 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
5533 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
5534 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
5535 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
5536 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
5537 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
5538 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
5539 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
5540 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
5541 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
5542 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
5543 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
5544 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
5545 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
5546 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
5547 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
5548 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
5549 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5551 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5552 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5553 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5554 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5555 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5556 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5557 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5558 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5559 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5560 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5561 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5562 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5563 aforementioned service settings.
5565 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5566 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5567 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5568 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5569 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5570 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5571 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5572 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5573 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5574 will start from the beginning.
5576 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5577 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5578 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5579 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5581 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5582 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5583 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5584 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5585 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5586 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5587 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5588 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5589 on, including in the initrd.
5591 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5592 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5593 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5594 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5596 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5597 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5598 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5599 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5600 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5602 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5603 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5604 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5605 this property in its status output.
5607 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5608 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5609 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5610 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5611 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5612 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5614 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5615 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5616 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5619 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5620 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5622 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5623 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5624 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5625 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5626 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5627 having to rebuild systemd.
5629 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5630 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5631 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5632 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5633 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5634 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5635 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5636 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5638 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5639 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5640 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5641 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5642 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5645 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5646 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5647 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5649 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5650 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5651 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5652 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5654 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5655 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5657 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5658 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5659 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5660 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5661 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5663 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5664 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5665 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5668 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5669 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5670 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5671 prefix will be assigned.
5673 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5674 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5675 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5676 The setting is enabled by default.
5678 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5679 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5681 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5682 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5683 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5684 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5685 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5686 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5689 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5690 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5691 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5692 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5694 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5695 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5697 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5698 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5699 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5700 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5701 environments where the root file system is
5702 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5703 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5705 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5706 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5707 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5708 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5709 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5710 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5711 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5714 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5715 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5716 working with heavily threaded programs.
5718 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5719 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5720 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5723 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5724 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5725 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5726 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5727 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5728 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5730 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5731 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5732 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5733 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5734 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5736 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5737 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5738 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5739 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5740 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5741 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5742 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5745 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5746 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5747 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5750 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5751 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5752 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5753 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5754 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5755 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5756 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5757 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5758 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5760 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5761 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5762 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5763 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5764 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5765 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5766 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5767 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5768 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5770 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5771 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5772 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5773 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5776 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5777 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5778 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5779 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5780 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5781 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5782 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5783 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5784 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5786 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5787 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5788 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5789 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5790 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5791 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5792 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5793 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5794 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5795 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5796 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5797 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5800 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5801 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5802 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5803 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5804 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5805 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5807 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5808 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5810 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5811 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5812 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5813 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5814 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5815 protections for the different slices in the future.
5817 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5818 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5819 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5820 image dissection logic.
5822 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5823 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5824 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5825 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5826 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5827 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5828 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5829 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5830 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5831 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5832 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5833 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5834 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5835 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5836 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5837 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5838 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5839 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5840 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5841 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5842 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5843 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5844 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5845 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5846 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5847 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5848 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5849 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5850 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5851 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5852 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5853 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5854 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5856 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5860 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5861 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5862 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5864 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5865 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5867 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5868 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5869 based on the NUMA mask.
5871 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5872 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5873 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5875 * Two new unit file settings
5876 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5877 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5878 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5879 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5881 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5882 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5883 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5884 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5887 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5888 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5889 service's processes shall include.
5891 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5892 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5893 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5894 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5896 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5897 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5898 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5899 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5900 depending on socket type.
5902 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5903 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5904 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5905 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5906 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5907 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5908 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5909 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5910 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5911 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5913 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5914 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5915 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5916 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5917 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5918 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5919 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5920 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5922 * .service unit files gained two new options
5923 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5924 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5925 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5927 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5928 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5929 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5932 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5933 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5934 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5935 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5936 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5937 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5938 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5939 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5940 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5941 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5942 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5944 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5945 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5946 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5947 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5948 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5949 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5951 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5952 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5953 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5956 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5957 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5958 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5959 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5961 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5962 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5963 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5964 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5965 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5966 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
5967 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
5968 which is quite likely a major security problem.
5970 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
5971 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
5972 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
5973 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
5974 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
5976 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
5977 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
5978 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
5979 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
5980 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
5982 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
5983 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
5986 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
5987 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
5988 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
5989 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
5990 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
5993 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
5994 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
5995 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
5997 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
5998 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
5999 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6002 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
6003 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6004 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6005 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6007 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6008 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6009 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6010 the process that faulted.
6012 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6013 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6014 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6016 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6017 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6018 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
6019 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
6020 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
6022 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
6023 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
6024 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
6025 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
6026 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
6028 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
6029 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
6030 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
6031 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
6032 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
6034 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
6035 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
6036 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
6037 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
6038 frame ring buffer sizes.
6040 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
6041 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
6043 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
6044 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
6046 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
6047 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
6048 automatically assigned to the interface.
6050 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6051 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6052 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6053 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6054 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6055 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6056 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6057 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6060 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6061 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6064 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6065 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6066 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6067 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6068 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6069 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6070 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6071 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6072 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6073 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6075 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6076 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6077 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6078 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6079 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6080 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6081 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6083 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6084 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6085 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6086 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6087 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6088 the RA packets suggest it.
6090 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6091 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6092 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
6093 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
6095 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
6096 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
6097 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
6098 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
6099 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
6100 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
6103 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
6104 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
6105 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
6106 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
6107 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
6108 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
6110 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
6111 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
6113 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
6114 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
6115 the VLAN protocol to use.
6117 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
6118 of the .network files, to control the link group.
6120 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
6121 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
6122 link local address is generated.
6124 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
6125 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
6126 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
6127 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
6128 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
6129 carefully picking an interface name to use.
6131 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
6132 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
6134 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
6135 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
6137 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
6138 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
6139 are still understood to provide compatibility.
6141 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
6142 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
6143 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
6144 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
6145 interfaces up or down.
6147 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
6148 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
6149 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
6150 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
6151 interface may be specified (after "%").
6153 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
6154 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
6155 public DNS servers are not used.
6157 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
6159 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
6160 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
6161 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
6162 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
6163 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
6164 defined by systemd-resolved).
6166 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6167 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
6168 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
6170 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
6173 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
6174 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
6177 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
6178 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
6179 being deprecated in favor of this option.
6181 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
6182 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
6185 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
6186 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
6187 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
6188 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
6189 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
6190 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
6191 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
6192 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
6195 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
6196 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
6197 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
6198 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
6199 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
6200 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
6201 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
6202 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
6203 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
6205 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
6206 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
6209 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
6210 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
6211 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
6213 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
6214 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
6215 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
6216 without any decoration.
6218 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
6219 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
6220 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
6221 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
6222 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
6223 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
6225 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
6226 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
6229 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
6232 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
6233 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
6234 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
6235 not block clean file system unmounting.
6237 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
6238 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
6239 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
6241 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
6242 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
6243 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
6244 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
6246 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
6247 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
6249 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
6250 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
6251 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
6252 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
6253 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
6254 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
6255 instead of operating on actual block devices.
6257 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
6258 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
6260 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
6263 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
6264 specifier expansion.
6266 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
6267 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
6268 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
6269 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
6270 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
6272 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
6273 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
6274 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
6275 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
6276 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
6278 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
6279 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
6280 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
6281 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
6282 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
6283 --fido2-device= option.
6285 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
6286 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
6287 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
6288 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
6289 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
6290 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
6291 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
6293 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
6294 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
6295 changed from ext2 to ext4.
6297 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
6298 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
6299 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
6300 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
6301 before the system continues to boot.
6303 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
6304 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
6305 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
6306 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
6307 instead of at installation time.
6309 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
6310 volumes with automatically from files in
6311 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
6312 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
6314 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
6315 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
6317 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
6318 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
6321 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
6322 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
6323 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
6324 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
6326 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
6327 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
6330 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
6331 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
6332 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
6333 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
6334 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
6335 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
6336 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
6337 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
6338 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
6339 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
6342 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
6343 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
6344 which it then operates.
6346 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
6347 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
6348 directories for various resources.
6350 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
6351 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
6352 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
6353 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
6354 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
6355 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
6356 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
6357 via the new --no-block switch.
6359 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
6360 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
6361 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
6362 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
6363 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
6364 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
6367 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
6368 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
6369 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
6370 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
6372 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
6373 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
6374 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
6375 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
6376 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
6378 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
6379 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
6380 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
6381 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
6382 vtable is associated with.
6384 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
6385 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
6386 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
6387 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
6389 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
6390 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
6391 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
6393 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
6395 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
6396 document the methods, signals and properties.
6398 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
6399 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
6400 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
6401 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
6402 desktops has been added:
6404 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
6405 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
6406 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
6408 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
6409 and has now moved to:
6411 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
6413 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
6414 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
6415 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
6416 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
6417 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
6418 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
6419 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
6421 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
6422 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
6423 target of the service during runtime.
6425 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
6426 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
6427 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
6429 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
6430 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
6431 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
6432 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
6433 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
6434 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
6435 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
6436 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
6437 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
6438 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
6439 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
6440 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6441 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
6442 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
6443 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
6444 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
6445 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
6446 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
6447 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
6448 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
6449 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
6450 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
6451 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
6452 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
6453 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
6454 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
6455 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
6456 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
6457 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
6458 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
6459 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
6460 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
6461 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
6462 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
6463 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
6464 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
6465 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6466 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6468 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
6472 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6473 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
6474 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
6475 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
6476 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
6477 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
6478 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
6479 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
6480 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
6481 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
6482 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
6483 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
6484 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
6485 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
6486 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
6487 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
6488 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
6489 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
6490 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
6491 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
6492 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
6494 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
6495 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
6496 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
6497 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
6498 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
6499 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
6500 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
6501 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
6502 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
6503 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
6504 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
6505 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
6506 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
6507 that for the first time resource management and various other
6508 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
6509 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
6510 to apply on login. For further details see:
6512 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
6513 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
6514 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
6516 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
6517 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
6518 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
6519 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
6520 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
6521 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
6522 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
6523 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
6524 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
6526 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
6528 For further details about the format and expectations on home
6529 directories this new daemon makes, see:
6531 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
6533 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
6534 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
6535 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
6536 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
6537 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
6538 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
6539 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
6540 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
6541 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
6542 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
6543 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
6544 usage limitations and other settings.
6546 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
6547 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
6548 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
6549 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6550 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6551 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6552 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6555 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6556 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6558 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6559 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6560 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6561 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6562 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6564 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6565 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6566 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6567 itself and the default for all other processes.
6569 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6570 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6571 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6572 database into account.
6574 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6575 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6576 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6577 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6579 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6580 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6581 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6582 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6583 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6584 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6585 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6586 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6587 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6588 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6590 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6591 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6592 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6593 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6594 event source watching it is freed).
6596 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6597 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6598 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6599 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6601 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6602 (IFB) network devices.
6604 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6605 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6607 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6608 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6609 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6610 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6611 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6612 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6614 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6615 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6616 with its sense inverted.
6618 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6619 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6620 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6622 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6623 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6624 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6626 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6627 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6628 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6631 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6632 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6633 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6634 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6635 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6636 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6637 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6639 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6640 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6643 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6644 group named differently than the user.
6646 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6647 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6648 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6650 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6651 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6652 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6655 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6656 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6657 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6658 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6660 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6661 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6662 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6663 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6665 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6666 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6667 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6670 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6671 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6672 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6673 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6674 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6675 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6676 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6677 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6678 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6679 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6680 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6682 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6683 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6684 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6685 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6686 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6687 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6688 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6689 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
6690 command line option.
6692 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6693 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6695 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6696 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6697 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6698 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6699 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6700 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6703 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6704 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6705 GPT partition table types.
6707 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6708 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6709 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6711 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6713 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6714 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6715 for the respective units.
6717 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6718 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6719 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6721 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6724 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6725 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6728 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6729 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6730 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6733 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6734 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6735 dropped from the individual setting names.
6737 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6738 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6739 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6740 such files in version 243.
6742 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6743 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6744 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6746 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6747 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6748 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6750 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6751 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6752 with stopping and disablement.
6754 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6755 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6756 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6757 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6758 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6759 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6760 some internal systemd services (most notably
6761 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6762 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6763 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6764 this systemd release. See
6765 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6766 additional discussion.
6768 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6769 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6770 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6771 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6772 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6773 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6774 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6775 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6776 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6777 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6778 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6779 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6780 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6781 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6782 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6783 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6784 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6785 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6786 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6787 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6788 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6789 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6790 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6791 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6794 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6798 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6799 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6800 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6801 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6803 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6804 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6805 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6806 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6808 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6811 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6812 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6813 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6814 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6815 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6816 set the EFI variable.
6818 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6819 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6820 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6821 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6822 and overrides the systemd setting.
6824 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6825 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6826 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6829 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6830 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6831 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6833 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6834 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6836 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6837 the unit being shown.
6839 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6840 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6841 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6842 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6843 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6845 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6846 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6847 which need to use them.
6849 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6850 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6851 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6852 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6853 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6854 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6855 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6856 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6857 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6858 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6860 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6861 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6862 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6863 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6864 security tokens that were used previously.
6866 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6867 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6868 improve power saving with many more devices.
6870 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6871 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6872 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6874 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6875 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6876 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6877 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6878 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6880 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6881 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6882 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6883 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6884 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6886 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6887 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6889 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6890 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6892 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6893 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6896 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6897 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6899 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6900 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6901 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6903 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6904 received from the server.
6906 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6909 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6910 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6912 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6913 using a new SendOption= setting.
6915 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6916 service type" value used by the client.
6918 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6919 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6921 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6922 a new SendOption= setting.
6924 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6925 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6927 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6928 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6930 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6931 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6932 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6934 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6935 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6936 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6937 BSSID for wireless links.
6939 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6940 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6942 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6943 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6945 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6946 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6947 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6948 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6949 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6950 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6952 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6954 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6955 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6956 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6959 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6960 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6961 of the present time.
6963 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6964 reproducible image builds easier).
6966 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
6969 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
6970 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
6971 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
6972 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
6974 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
6977 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
6979 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
6980 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
6981 path as the system manager.
6983 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
6984 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
6987 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
6988 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
6989 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
6990 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
6991 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
6992 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
6993 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
6994 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
6996 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
6997 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
6998 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
6999 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7000 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7001 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7002 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7003 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7004 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7005 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7006 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7007 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7008 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7009 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7010 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7011 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7012 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7013 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7014 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7015 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7016 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7017 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7018 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7020 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
7024 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
7025 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7026 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
7027 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
7028 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
7029 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
7030 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
7031 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
7033 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
7034 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
7035 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
7036 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
7037 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
7038 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
7039 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
7040 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
7041 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
7042 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
7043 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
7044 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
7045 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
7046 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
7047 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
7050 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7051 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7052 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7053 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7054 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7055 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7056 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7057 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7058 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7059 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7060 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7061 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7062 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7063 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7064 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7065 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7067 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7068 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7069 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7070 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7072 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7073 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7075 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7076 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7077 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7078 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7079 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7080 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7081 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7082 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7083 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7085 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7086 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7087 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7088 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7089 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7090 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7091 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7092 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
7093 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
7096 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
7097 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
7099 build/man/man systemctl
7100 build/man/html systemd.index
7102 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
7103 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
7105 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
7106 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
7107 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
7108 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
7109 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
7110 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
7112 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
7113 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
7114 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
7115 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
7116 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
7117 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
7118 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
7119 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
7120 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
7121 unambiguously distinguished.
7123 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
7124 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
7127 To replace this functionality, users should:
7128 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
7129 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
7130 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
7131 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
7132 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
7134 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
7135 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
7136 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
7137 interfaces should really be matched.
7139 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
7140 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
7141 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
7142 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
7143 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
7144 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
7146 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
7147 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
7148 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
7149 stop the whole unit.
7151 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
7152 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
7153 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
7154 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
7155 generated whenever a unit stops.
7157 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
7158 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
7159 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
7160 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
7162 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
7163 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
7164 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
7165 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
7166 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
7168 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
7169 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
7170 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
7171 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
7172 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
7173 programs set up externally.
7175 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
7176 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
7177 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
7178 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
7180 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
7181 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
7182 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
7183 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
7184 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
7185 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
7186 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
7188 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
7189 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
7190 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
7193 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
7194 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
7195 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
7196 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
7197 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
7198 links on terminals that support that.
7200 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
7201 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
7202 unmounted safely during shutdown.
7204 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
7206 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
7207 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
7208 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
7209 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
7210 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
7211 The default remains unchanged.
7213 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
7214 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
7216 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
7219 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
7220 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
7221 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
7223 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
7224 interfaces natively.
7226 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
7227 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
7228 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
7229 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
7231 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
7232 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
7233 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
7234 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
7235 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
7236 RELEASE message when terminating.
7238 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
7239 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
7241 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
7242 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
7243 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
7244 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
7245 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
7246 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
7247 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
7249 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
7250 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
7251 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
7252 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
7253 added to the GENEVE support.
7255 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
7256 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
7257 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
7258 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
7259 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
7261 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
7262 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
7263 onto the network device.
7265 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
7266 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
7267 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
7268 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
7269 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
7271 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
7272 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
7273 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
7275 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
7276 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
7278 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
7279 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
7281 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
7282 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
7285 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
7286 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
7287 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
7289 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
7290 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
7292 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
7293 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
7294 specific udev properties.
7296 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
7297 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
7298 "lo" as underlying device.
7300 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
7301 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
7304 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
7305 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
7306 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
7307 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
7309 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
7310 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
7311 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
7312 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
7314 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
7315 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
7316 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
7318 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
7319 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
7320 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
7322 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
7324 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
7325 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
7326 does the same for recurring calendar events.
7328 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
7329 durations as opposed to points in time).
7331 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
7334 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
7335 codes to their names and back.
7337 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
7338 file paths and unit aliases.
7340 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
7341 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
7342 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
7343 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
7345 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
7346 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
7347 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
7348 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
7349 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
7350 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
7351 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
7352 udev rules for that purpose.
7354 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
7355 a device to be initialized.
7357 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
7358 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
7359 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
7361 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
7362 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
7363 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
7364 with gcc's cleanup extension.
7366 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
7367 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
7370 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
7371 XML introspection data unmodified.
7373 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
7374 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
7375 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
7376 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
7378 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
7379 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
7380 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
7381 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
7382 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
7383 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
7384 configured to handle the watchdog.
7386 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
7387 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
7388 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
7390 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
7391 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
7392 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
7394 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
7395 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
7396 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
7397 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
7398 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
7400 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
7401 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
7404 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
7405 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
7407 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
7408 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
7410 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
7411 failures to apply them are now ignored.
7413 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
7414 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
7415 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
7416 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
7418 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
7419 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
7420 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
7423 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
7424 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
7425 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
7426 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
7427 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
7428 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
7429 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
7430 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
7431 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
7432 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
7433 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
7434 a seed was received from the boot loader.
7436 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
7438 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
7439 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
7442 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
7445 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
7446 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
7449 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
7450 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
7452 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
7454 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
7455 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
7456 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
7457 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
7458 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
7460 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
7461 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
7462 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
7464 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
7465 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
7467 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
7468 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
7469 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
7471 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
7472 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
7473 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
7474 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
7475 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
7476 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
7477 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
7478 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
7479 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
7480 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
7481 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
7482 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
7483 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
7484 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7485 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
7486 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
7487 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
7488 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
7489 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7490 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
7491 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
7492 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
7493 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
7494 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
7495 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
7496 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
7497 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
7498 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
7499 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
7500 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
7502 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
7506 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
7507 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7508 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
7509 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
7510 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
7511 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
7512 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
7514 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
7515 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
7517 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
7518 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
7519 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
7520 may be used to view this.
7522 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
7523 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
7524 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
7526 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
7531 MACAddressPolicy=none
7534 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
7535 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
7536 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
7537 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
7538 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
7539 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
7540 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
7542 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
7543 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
7545 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
7546 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
7548 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
7549 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7551 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7552 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7553 is a USB peripheral).
7555 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7556 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7559 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7560 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7561 have privileges to do so).
7563 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7564 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7565 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7567 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7568 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7569 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7572 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7573 in which case environment variable substitution is
7574 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7576 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7577 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7578 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7579 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7580 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7582 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7583 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7584 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7585 installed CPU cores.
7587 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7588 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7591 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7592 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7593 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7594 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7595 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7597 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7598 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7599 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7601 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7602 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7603 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7604 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7605 enslaved devices is not operational.
7607 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7608 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7610 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7611 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7612 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7613 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7614 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7615 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7617 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7618 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7620 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7622 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7623 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7624 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7626 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7627 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7629 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7630 configure CAN triple sampling.
7632 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7633 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7635 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7636 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7639 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7640 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7641 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7642 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7643 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7644 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7646 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7648 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7649 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7650 controlling project quota inheritance.
7652 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7653 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7654 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7655 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7656 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7657 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7658 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7659 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7660 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7661 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7664 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7665 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7666 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7667 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7668 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7670 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7671 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7673 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7674 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7675 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7676 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7677 be used in production yet.
7679 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7680 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7681 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7682 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7683 input, output, and error are set up.
7685 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7687 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7688 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7689 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7691 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7692 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7693 the specified expression will elapse next.
7695 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7698 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7699 the reboot() system call expects.
7701 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7702 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7703 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7705 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7706 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7707 ConditionVirtualization=).
7709 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7710 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7711 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7712 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7713 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7714 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7715 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7716 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7717 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7718 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7719 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7720 during reboot with their own operations.
7722 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7723 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7724 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7725 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7727 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7728 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7729 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7730 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7731 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7733 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7734 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7736 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7737 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7738 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7739 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7740 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7741 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7742 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7743 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7744 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7746 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7747 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7750 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7751 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7752 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7753 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7754 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7755 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7756 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7757 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7759 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7760 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7761 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7762 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7763 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7764 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7765 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7766 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7767 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7768 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7769 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7770 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7771 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7772 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7773 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7774 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7775 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7776 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7778 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7782 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7783 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7784 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7786 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7787 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7788 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7789 include the package release information.
7791 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7792 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7795 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7796 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7797 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7799 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7802 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7803 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7804 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7805 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7806 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7807 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7808 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7809 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7810 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7811 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7812 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7813 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7814 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7816 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7817 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7819 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7820 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7822 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7823 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7824 used for side-channel attacks.
7826 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7827 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7828 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7830 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7831 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7832 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7833 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7834 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7835 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7837 fs.protected_regular = 0
7838 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7840 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7841 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7843 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7844 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7847 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7848 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7850 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7851 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7852 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7853 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7854 points but otherwise empty.
7856 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7857 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7858 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7860 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7861 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7863 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7864 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7866 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7867 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7868 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7869 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7870 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7871 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7872 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7873 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7874 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7875 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7876 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7877 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7878 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7879 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7880 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7881 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7882 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7884 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7888 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7889 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7890 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7891 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7892 an SELinux policy update is required.
7893 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7895 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7896 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7897 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7898 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7899 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7900 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7901 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7902 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7903 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7904 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7906 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7907 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7908 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7909 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7910 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7911 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7912 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7913 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7914 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7915 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7916 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7919 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7920 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7921 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7922 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7923 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7924 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7925 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7926 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7927 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7928 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7929 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7930 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7931 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7934 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7935 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7936 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7937 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7938 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7939 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7940 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7941 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7942 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7943 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7945 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7946 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7947 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7948 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7949 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7950 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7951 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7952 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7953 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7954 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7955 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7956 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7957 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7958 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7959 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7960 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7961 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7962 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7963 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7964 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7965 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7966 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
7967 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
7968 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
7969 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
7970 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
7971 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
7972 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
7973 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
7974 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
7975 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
7976 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
7977 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
7978 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
7981 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
7982 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
7983 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
7984 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
7985 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
7986 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
7987 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
7988 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
7989 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
7990 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
7992 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
7993 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
7994 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
7995 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
7996 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
7997 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
7999 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8000 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8001 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8002 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8003 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8005 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8006 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8008 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8011 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8012 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8013 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8015 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8016 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8018 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
8019 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
8020 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
8022 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
8023 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
8024 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
8025 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
8026 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
8029 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
8030 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
8032 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
8033 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
8034 instance part of a unit name.
8036 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
8037 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
8038 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
8039 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
8040 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
8041 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
8042 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
8043 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
8044 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
8046 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
8047 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
8048 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
8049 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
8051 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8052 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8053 to a file, and appending to it.
8055 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8056 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8057 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8058 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8059 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8060 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8062 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8063 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8064 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8065 having to touch C code.
8067 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8068 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8070 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8073 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8074 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8075 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8077 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8078 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8079 until the system finished start-up.
8081 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8083 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8084 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8085 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8086 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8087 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8088 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8089 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8091 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8092 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
8093 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
8094 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
8095 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
8096 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
8097 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
8098 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
8099 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
8100 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
8101 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
8102 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
8104 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
8105 instantiate services.
8107 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
8108 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
8110 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
8111 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
8112 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
8114 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
8115 it is neither used nor maintained.
8117 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8118 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
8119 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
8120 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
8121 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
8122 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
8123 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
8124 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
8125 separated by colons.
8127 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
8128 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
8130 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
8131 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
8133 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
8134 "ethtool advertise" commands.
8136 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
8137 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
8138 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
8141 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
8142 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
8143 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
8146 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
8147 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
8149 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
8152 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
8153 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
8154 from any hibernated image.
8156 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
8157 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
8158 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
8159 kernel exports them.
8161 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
8164 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
8165 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
8166 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
8167 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
8168 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
8169 now documented here:
8171 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
8173 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
8174 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
8175 installs during early boot.
8177 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
8178 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
8180 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
8181 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
8183 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
8184 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
8185 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
8187 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
8188 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
8189 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
8190 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
8191 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
8192 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
8193 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
8194 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
8195 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
8198 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
8199 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
8200 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
8201 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
8204 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
8206 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
8207 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
8208 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
8209 and container environments.
8211 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
8212 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
8213 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
8214 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
8216 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
8217 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
8218 journald per-service.
8220 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
8221 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
8223 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
8224 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
8225 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
8226 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
8228 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
8229 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
8232 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
8233 --ephemeral command line switch.
8235 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
8236 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
8237 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
8240 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
8241 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
8244 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
8245 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
8246 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
8248 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
8249 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
8250 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
8251 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
8252 "dead" state on success.
8254 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
8255 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
8256 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
8257 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
8258 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
8259 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
8260 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
8261 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
8262 well-defined system service context.
8264 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
8265 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
8266 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
8267 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
8269 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
8270 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
8271 continue to be used.
8273 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
8274 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
8275 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
8278 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
8280 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
8281 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
8282 the command line's exit code.
8284 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
8286 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
8288 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
8289 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
8290 support to systemctl and all other commands.
8292 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
8295 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
8296 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
8297 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
8298 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
8301 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
8302 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
8303 initialize one to all 0xFF.
8305 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
8306 all files and directories listed in
8307 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
8308 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
8309 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
8310 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
8311 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
8312 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
8313 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
8314 the transition to the host OS.
8316 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
8317 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
8318 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
8319 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
8320 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
8321 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
8322 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
8323 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
8324 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
8325 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
8326 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
8327 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
8328 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
8329 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
8330 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
8331 these are opened they don't work.
8333 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
8334 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
8335 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
8338 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
8339 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
8340 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
8341 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
8344 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
8345 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
8346 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
8349 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
8350 pam_systemd anymore.
8352 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
8353 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
8354 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
8357 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
8360 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
8361 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
8362 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
8363 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
8364 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
8365 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
8366 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
8367 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
8368 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
8369 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
8370 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
8371 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
8372 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
8373 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
8374 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
8375 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
8376 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8377 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
8378 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
8379 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
8380 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
8381 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
8382 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
8383 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
8384 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
8385 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
8386 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8387 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
8388 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
8389 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
8390 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
8391 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
8392 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
8393 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
8394 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
8395 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
8396 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
8397 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
8398 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
8399 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
8400 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
8401 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
8402 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
8403 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
8404 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
8406 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
8410 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
8411 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
8412 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8413 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
8414 a slot number associated.
8416 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
8417 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
8418 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
8421 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
8422 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
8423 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8425 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
8426 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
8427 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
8428 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8430 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
8431 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
8432 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
8433 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
8434 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
8435 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
8436 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
8439 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
8440 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
8441 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
8442 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
8443 may be necessary to update the file.
8445 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
8446 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
8447 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
8448 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
8449 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
8450 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
8453 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
8454 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
8455 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
8456 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
8457 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
8458 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
8461 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
8462 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
8463 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
8464 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
8465 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
8467 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
8468 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
8469 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
8470 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
8471 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
8472 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
8473 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
8474 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
8476 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
8477 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
8478 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
8479 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
8480 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
8482 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
8483 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
8484 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
8485 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
8486 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
8488 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
8489 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
8490 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
8492 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
8493 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
8494 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
8495 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
8496 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
8497 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
8498 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
8499 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
8500 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
8501 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
8502 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
8503 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
8504 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
8505 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
8506 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
8507 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
8508 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
8509 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
8510 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
8513 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
8514 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
8515 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
8516 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
8518 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
8519 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
8520 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
8521 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
8523 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
8524 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
8527 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
8528 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
8529 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
8531 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
8532 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
8533 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
8535 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
8536 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
8537 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
8538 was not configurable and set to 512.
8540 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
8541 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
8542 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
8543 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
8544 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
8545 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
8546 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
8547 in particular su and sudo.
8549 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8550 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8551 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8552 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8553 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8556 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8557 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8558 files should work for hibernation now.
8560 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8561 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8562 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8563 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8564 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8565 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8566 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8567 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8568 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8569 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8570 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8571 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8572 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8573 name following the last dash.
8575 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8576 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8577 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8578 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8579 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8581 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8582 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8583 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8584 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8585 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8586 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8588 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8589 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8590 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8591 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8593 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8594 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8595 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8596 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8597 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8599 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8600 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8601 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8602 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8603 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8604 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8605 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8606 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8607 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8608 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8609 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8610 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8611 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8613 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8614 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8615 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8616 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8617 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8618 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8619 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8620 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8623 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8624 expiration feature, if it is available.
8626 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8627 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8628 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8630 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8631 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8633 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8635 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8636 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8638 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8639 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8640 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8641 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8642 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8643 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8644 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8645 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8646 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8647 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8648 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8650 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8651 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8652 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8653 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8655 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8658 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8659 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8660 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8661 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8663 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8664 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8665 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8666 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8667 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8668 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8669 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8670 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8671 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8672 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8673 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8675 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8676 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8678 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8679 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8680 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8681 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8682 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8683 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8685 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8686 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8687 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8688 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8689 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8690 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8691 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8693 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8694 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8695 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8698 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8699 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8700 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8701 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8702 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8703 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8704 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8705 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8706 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8708 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8709 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8710 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8712 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8713 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8714 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8715 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8716 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8717 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8718 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8719 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8721 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8723 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8724 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8725 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8727 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8728 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8730 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8731 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8732 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8734 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8736 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8738 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8739 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8741 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8742 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8743 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8744 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8745 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8746 external user databases.
8748 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8749 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8750 refused due to the enforced limits.
8752 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8753 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8756 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8757 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8758 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8759 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8760 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8761 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8762 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8763 where this is now used by default.
8765 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8766 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8768 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8769 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8770 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8771 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8772 update process in a generic way.
8774 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8776 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8777 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8778 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8779 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8780 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8781 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8782 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8783 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8784 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8785 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8786 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8787 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8788 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8789 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8790 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8791 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8792 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8793 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8794 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8795 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8796 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8797 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8798 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8799 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8800 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8801 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8802 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8803 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8804 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8806 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8810 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8811 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8812 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8813 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8814 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8815 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8816 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8817 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8818 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8819 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8820 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8821 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8822 to revert this change.
8824 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8825 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8826 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8827 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8828 once at the end of the transaction.
8830 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8831 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8832 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8835 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8836 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8837 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8838 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8839 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8840 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8841 still allowing local admin overrides.
8843 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8844 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8845 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8847 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8848 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8849 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8850 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8851 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8853 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8854 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8855 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8856 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8857 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8858 from package installation scripts.
8860 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8861 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8862 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8864 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8865 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8867 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8868 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8869 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8871 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8872 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8873 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8874 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8876 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8877 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8878 which are triggered meanwhile).
8880 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8881 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8882 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8883 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8884 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8886 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8887 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8888 rotated very quickly.
8890 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8891 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8892 pending bus messages.
8894 * systemd gained a new
8895 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8896 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8897 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8898 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8899 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8900 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8901 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8902 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8905 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8906 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8907 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8908 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8909 the tree to be accessed.
8911 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8912 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8913 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8915 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8916 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8917 to keys in the main keyring.
8919 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8921 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8922 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8924 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8926 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8927 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8928 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8929 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8930 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8931 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8934 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8935 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8937 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8938 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8939 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8942 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8943 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8945 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8946 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8947 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8948 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8949 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8950 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8951 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8952 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8953 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8954 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8955 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8956 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8957 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8958 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8959 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8960 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8962 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8966 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
8967 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
8968 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8969 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
8971 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
8972 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
8973 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
8974 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
8975 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
8976 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
8977 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
8978 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
8979 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
8980 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
8982 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
8983 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
8984 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
8985 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
8986 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
8987 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
8988 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
8989 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
8990 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
8991 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
8993 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
8994 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
8995 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
8996 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
8997 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
8998 now provides explicit control.
9000 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9001 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9002 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9003 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9004 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9005 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9006 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9008 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9009 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9010 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9012 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9013 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9015 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9016 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9017 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9020 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
9021 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
9022 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
9023 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
9024 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
9025 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
9026 understands RapidCommit=.
9028 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
9031 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
9032 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
9033 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
9034 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
9035 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
9036 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
9037 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
9038 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
9039 --watch-bind= command line switch.
9041 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
9042 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
9043 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
9044 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
9045 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
9046 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
9047 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
9048 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
9049 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
9050 "Disconnected" signals).
9052 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9053 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9054 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9055 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9056 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9057 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9058 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9059 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9060 round-trips are removed.
9062 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9063 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9064 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9065 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9067 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9068 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9069 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9070 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9071 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9072 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9074 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9075 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9076 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9077 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9078 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9079 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9080 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9081 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9082 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9083 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9085 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9086 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9087 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9088 when the event source is destroyed.
9090 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9093 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
9094 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
9095 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
9096 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
9097 new transitional flag file has been added: if
9098 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
9099 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
9101 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
9102 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
9105 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
9106 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
9107 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
9108 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
9109 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
9111 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
9112 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
9113 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
9114 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
9115 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
9116 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
9118 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
9119 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
9120 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
9121 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
9122 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
9123 level/target is given as an argument.
9125 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
9126 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
9127 where UID and GID do not match.
9129 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
9130 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
9131 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
9132 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
9133 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9134 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
9135 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
9136 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
9137 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
9138 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
9139 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
9140 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
9141 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9142 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
9143 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
9144 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
9145 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
9146 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
9147 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
9148 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
9155 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
9156 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
9157 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
9158 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9160 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
9161 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
9162 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
9163 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
9164 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
9165 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
9166 valid specifiers today.)
9168 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
9169 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
9170 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
9171 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
9172 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
9173 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
9175 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
9176 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
9177 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
9178 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
9180 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
9181 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
9182 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
9183 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
9184 services are resolved properly.
9186 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
9187 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
9188 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
9189 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
9190 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
9191 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
9192 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
9193 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
9194 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
9197 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
9198 DNS server and domain information.
9200 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
9201 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
9204 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
9205 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
9206 empty for the first time.
9208 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
9209 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
9210 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
9211 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
9212 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
9213 running in the user session.
9215 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
9216 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
9217 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
9218 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
9219 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
9220 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
9221 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
9222 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
9223 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
9226 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
9227 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
9229 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
9230 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
9231 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
9232 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
9234 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
9235 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
9237 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
9238 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
9241 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
9243 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
9244 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
9246 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
9248 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
9249 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
9250 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
9252 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
9253 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
9254 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
9255 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
9258 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
9259 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
9260 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
9262 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
9263 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
9264 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
9266 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
9268 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
9269 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
9270 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
9271 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
9272 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
9275 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
9276 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
9277 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
9278 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
9280 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
9281 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
9282 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
9284 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
9285 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
9286 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
9287 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
9288 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
9290 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
9291 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
9293 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
9294 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
9295 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
9296 time the specified expression would elapse.
9298 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
9299 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
9300 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
9301 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
9302 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
9303 types, not just services.
9305 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
9306 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
9307 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
9308 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
9310 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
9311 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
9312 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
9313 interface for this purpose.
9315 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
9316 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
9317 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
9320 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
9321 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
9322 requirements of systemd.
9324 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
9325 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
9326 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
9328 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
9329 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
9330 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
9331 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
9333 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
9334 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
9335 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
9336 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
9338 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
9339 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
9341 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
9342 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
9343 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
9344 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
9345 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
9346 managing software supports (such as pppd).
9348 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
9349 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
9350 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
9352 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
9353 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
9354 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
9355 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
9356 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
9357 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
9358 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
9359 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
9360 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
9361 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
9362 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
9363 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
9364 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
9365 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
9366 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
9367 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
9368 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
9369 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9370 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
9371 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
9372 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
9373 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9374 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9376 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
9380 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
9381 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
9382 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
9383 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
9384 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
9385 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
9386 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
9387 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
9388 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
9389 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
9390 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
9391 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
9392 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
9393 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
9394 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
9395 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
9396 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
9397 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
9398 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
9399 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
9400 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
9401 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
9402 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
9403 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
9404 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
9405 IPAddressDeny= see below.
9407 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
9408 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
9409 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
9410 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9411 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
9412 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
9413 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
9414 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
9416 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
9417 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
9418 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
9419 used to change those values.
9421 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
9422 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
9423 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
9424 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
9425 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
9426 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
9428 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
9429 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
9430 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
9431 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
9433 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
9434 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
9435 one top-level directory.
9437 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9438 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
9439 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
9440 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
9441 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
9442 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
9443 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
9444 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
9445 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
9446 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
9447 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
9448 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
9449 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
9450 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
9451 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
9453 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
9456 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
9457 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
9458 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
9459 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
9460 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
9461 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
9462 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
9463 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
9464 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
9467 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
9468 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
9469 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
9470 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
9471 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
9472 requested at build time.
9474 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
9475 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
9476 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
9477 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
9478 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
9479 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
9480 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
9481 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
9482 Type= setting which permits configuring
9483 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
9485 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
9486 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
9487 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
9488 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
9489 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
9490 local frames between bridge ports.
9492 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
9493 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
9494 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
9496 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
9497 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
9499 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
9500 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
9501 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
9502 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
9504 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
9505 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
9506 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
9507 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
9508 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
9509 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
9510 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
9511 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
9513 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
9514 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
9515 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
9516 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
9519 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
9520 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
9521 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
9523 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
9524 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
9525 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
9526 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
9528 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
9529 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
9530 configured, except for the credentials applied by
9531 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
9532 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
9533 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
9534 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
9535 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
9536 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
9537 on systems where this is not supported.
9539 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
9542 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
9543 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
9546 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
9547 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
9548 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
9550 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9551 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9552 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9554 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9555 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9556 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9557 Following this logic, two new special targets
9558 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9559 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9560 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9562 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9563 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9564 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9565 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9567 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9568 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9569 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9572 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9573 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9574 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9575 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9576 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9577 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9578 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9579 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9580 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9582 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9583 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9584 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9587 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9588 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9591 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9592 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9593 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9594 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9595 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9596 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9597 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9598 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9599 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9600 systems for all five operations.
9602 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9605 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9606 than UTC or the local timezone.
9608 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9609 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9610 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9611 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9612 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9613 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9614 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9615 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9617 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9618 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9619 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9620 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9621 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9624 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9625 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9626 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9628 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9629 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9630 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9631 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9632 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9633 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9634 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9635 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9636 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9637 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9638 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9639 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9640 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9641 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9642 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9643 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9644 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9645 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9646 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9647 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9649 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9653 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9654 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9655 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9656 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9657 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9660 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9664 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9666 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9667 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9668 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9671 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9672 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9673 running a systemd user instance.
9675 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9676 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9677 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9678 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9679 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9680 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9682 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9684 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9685 (domain search list).
9687 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9688 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9689 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9690 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9691 implementation of RA.
9693 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9694 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9697 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9698 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9701 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9702 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9705 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9706 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9707 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9710 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9711 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9712 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9715 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9716 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9718 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9720 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9722 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9723 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9725 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9726 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9727 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9728 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9730 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9731 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9732 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9733 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9734 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9735 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9736 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9737 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9738 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9739 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9741 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9742 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9743 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9744 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9745 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9746 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9747 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9748 after all the plugins exit.
9750 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9751 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9752 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9753 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9754 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9755 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9756 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9757 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9759 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9760 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9761 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9762 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9763 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9764 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9765 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9766 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9767 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9768 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9769 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9770 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9771 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9772 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9773 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9774 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9775 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9776 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9777 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9778 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9779 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9780 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9781 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9782 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9783 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9784 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9785 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9786 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9787 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9790 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9794 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9795 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9796 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9797 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9798 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9799 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9800 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9801 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9802 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9804 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9805 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9806 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9807 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9808 default selected on the configure command line
9809 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9810 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9811 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9812 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9813 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9814 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9815 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9816 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9817 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9818 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9820 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9821 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9822 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9823 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9824 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9825 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9826 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9827 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9828 further details about this.)
9830 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9831 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9832 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9834 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9835 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9837 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9838 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9839 with 'make install-tests'.
9841 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9842 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9845 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9846 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9847 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9848 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9849 by the Slice= option.
9851 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9852 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9853 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9854 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9856 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9859 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9860 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9861 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9863 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9864 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9865 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9866 (y)es, execute the command
9868 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9869 because its meaning was confusing.
9871 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9872 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9874 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9875 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9876 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9878 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9879 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9880 state directly, without executing these commands.
9882 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9883 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9884 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9886 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9887 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9888 combination with After=) have been started.
9890 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9891 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9892 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9894 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9895 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9896 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9897 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9898 configuration related calls.
9900 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9901 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9902 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9903 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9904 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9905 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9906 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9908 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9909 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9911 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9912 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9913 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9915 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9916 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9918 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9919 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9920 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9923 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9924 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9926 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9927 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9929 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9930 support for negative matching.
9932 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9934 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9935 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9937 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9938 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9939 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9940 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9941 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9942 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9943 removed from the drive.
9945 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9946 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9948 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9949 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9951 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9952 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9953 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9955 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9956 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9957 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9958 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9959 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9960 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9961 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9963 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9964 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9965 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9966 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
9967 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
9968 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
9970 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
9971 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
9973 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
9974 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
9975 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
9976 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
9977 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
9978 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
9979 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
9980 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
9982 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
9983 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
9984 including all control processes.
9986 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
9987 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
9988 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
9990 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9991 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
9992 prefixing the source path with "+".
9994 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9995 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
9996 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
9997 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
9998 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
9999 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10000 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10001 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10003 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10004 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10007 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10008 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10009 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10010 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10011 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10012 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10013 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10015 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10016 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10017 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10018 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
10019 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
10020 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
10021 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
10022 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
10025 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
10026 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
10027 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
10028 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
10029 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
10030 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
10031 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
10032 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
10033 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
10034 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
10035 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
10036 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
10037 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
10038 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
10039 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
10040 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
10041 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
10042 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
10043 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
10044 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
10045 a Verity-enabled root partition.
10047 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
10048 accelerometer quirks.
10050 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10051 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10052 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10053 ID of each service.
10055 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10056 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10057 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10058 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10061 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10062 environment variables:
10064 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10066 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10067 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10070 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10071 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10072 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10074 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10075 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10076 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10077 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10078 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10079 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10080 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10081 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10082 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10083 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10084 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10085 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10086 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10088 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10089 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10090 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10092 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
10093 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
10095 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
10096 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
10097 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
10098 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
10099 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
10101 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
10102 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
10103 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
10105 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
10106 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
10108 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
10109 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
10110 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
10111 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
10113 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
10114 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
10115 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
10116 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
10117 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
10118 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
10119 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
10120 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
10121 possibly even including full integrity data.
10123 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
10124 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
10125 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
10126 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
10127 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
10129 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
10130 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
10131 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
10132 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
10133 directly with systemd-nspawn.
10135 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
10136 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
10137 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
10138 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
10140 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
10141 of coredumps in reverse order.
10143 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
10144 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
10145 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
10146 additional informational message in its output.
10148 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
10149 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
10150 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
10152 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
10153 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
10154 scripting languages such as Python.
10156 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
10157 namespacing is enabled for them.
10159 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
10160 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
10161 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
10162 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
10163 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
10164 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
10166 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
10169 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
10170 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
10171 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
10173 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
10174 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
10175 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
10176 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
10177 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
10178 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
10179 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
10180 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
10181 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
10182 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
10183 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
10184 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
10185 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
10186 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
10187 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
10188 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
10189 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
10190 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
10191 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
10192 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
10193 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
10194 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
10195 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
10196 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
10197 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
10198 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
10199 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
10200 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
10203 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
10207 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
10208 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
10209 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
10210 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
10211 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
10212 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
10214 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
10215 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
10217 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
10218 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
10219 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
10221 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
10222 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
10223 to be remounted read-only for a service.
10225 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
10226 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
10227 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
10228 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
10230 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
10231 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
10233 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
10234 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
10235 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
10237 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
10238 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10239 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
10240 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
10241 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
10242 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
10243 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
10244 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
10245 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
10246 permanent modifications to the system.
10248 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
10249 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
10250 container or chroot environments.
10252 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
10253 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
10254 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
10257 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
10258 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
10259 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
10260 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
10262 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
10263 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
10265 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
10266 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
10267 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
10268 and the support is provisional.
10270 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
10271 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
10272 unit files in the file system).
10274 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
10275 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
10276 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
10277 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
10278 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
10279 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
10280 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
10281 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
10282 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
10283 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
10284 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
10285 state is fixed automatically.
10287 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
10288 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
10291 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
10292 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
10293 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
10294 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
10295 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
10298 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
10299 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
10300 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
10301 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
10302 bootable on physical systems.
10304 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
10306 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
10307 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
10308 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
10309 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
10312 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
10313 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
10314 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
10315 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
10317 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
10319 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
10320 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
10321 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
10324 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
10325 files from the specified location.
10327 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
10328 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
10329 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
10332 * The hardware database has been extended to support
10333 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
10336 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
10337 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
10338 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
10340 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
10341 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
10342 specified service binary exited.)
10344 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
10345 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
10347 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
10348 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
10349 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
10350 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
10351 --since= and --until= options.
10353 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
10354 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
10355 are automatically propagated to the container.
10357 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
10358 from a single IP address can be limited with
10359 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
10362 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
10365 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
10368 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
10369 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
10370 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
10371 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
10372 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
10373 [Link] section of .link files.
10375 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
10376 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
10377 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
10378 section of .netdev files.
10380 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
10381 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
10382 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
10384 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
10385 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
10388 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
10389 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
10390 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
10391 service runtime cycle.
10393 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
10394 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
10395 has been traditionally doing.
10397 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
10398 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
10399 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
10400 prevent any later plugins from running.
10402 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
10403 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
10404 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
10405 default of SplitMode=uid.
10407 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
10408 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
10411 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
10412 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
10413 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
10414 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
10415 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
10416 individual namespaces.
10418 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
10419 the output, as well as OS release information.
10421 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
10423 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
10424 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
10425 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
10426 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
10427 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
10429 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
10430 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
10431 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
10434 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
10435 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
10436 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
10437 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
10438 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
10439 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
10440 information about exit statuses and results.
10442 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
10443 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
10444 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
10445 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
10446 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
10447 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
10449 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
10451 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
10452 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
10453 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
10454 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
10455 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
10456 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
10459 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
10460 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
10461 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
10463 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
10464 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
10465 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
10466 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
10467 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
10468 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
10469 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
10470 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
10471 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
10472 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
10473 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
10474 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
10475 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
10476 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
10477 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
10478 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
10479 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
10481 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
10482 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
10483 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
10484 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
10486 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
10487 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
10488 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
10489 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
10491 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
10492 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
10493 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
10494 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
10495 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
10496 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
10497 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
10498 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
10499 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
10500 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
10501 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
10502 fragment entirely.)
10504 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
10505 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
10506 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
10508 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
10509 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
10510 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
10511 FileDescriptorName= setting.
10513 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
10514 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
10515 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
10516 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
10517 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
10518 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
10520 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
10521 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
10523 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
10524 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
10526 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
10527 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
10528 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
10529 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
10530 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
10532 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
10533 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
10534 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
10535 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10536 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
10537 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
10538 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
10539 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
10540 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
10541 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
10542 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
10543 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
10544 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
10545 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
10546 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10547 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
10548 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
10549 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10550 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10551 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10552 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10553 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10554 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10555 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10556 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10557 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10559 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10563 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10564 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10565 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10566 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10567 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10568 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10569 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10572 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10573 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10575 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10576 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10577 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10578 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10579 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10580 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10583 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10584 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10585 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10586 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10587 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10589 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10590 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10591 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10594 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10595 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10596 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10597 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10598 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10599 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10600 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10601 available for compatibility.
10603 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10604 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10605 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10606 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10607 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10608 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10610 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10611 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10612 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10613 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10614 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10615 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10616 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10617 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10618 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10620 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10621 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10622 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10623 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10624 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10625 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10628 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10631 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10632 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10633 limited to subgroups of that group.
10635 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10636 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10637 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10638 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10639 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10640 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10641 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10642 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10644 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10645 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10646 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10647 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10648 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10649 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10650 own long-running services.
10652 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10653 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10654 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10655 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10657 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10658 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10659 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10660 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10661 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10662 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10663 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10666 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10669 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10670 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10672 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10673 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10674 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10677 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10678 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10681 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10682 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10683 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10684 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10685 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10686 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10688 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10689 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10690 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10691 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10692 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10693 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10694 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10695 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10696 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10697 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10698 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10699 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10700 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10701 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10702 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10703 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10706 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10707 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10708 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10709 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10711 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10712 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10713 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10714 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10716 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10717 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10718 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10720 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10721 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10723 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10724 interface configuration.
10726 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10727 specifying the --force switch.
10729 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10730 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10731 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10733 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10734 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10735 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10736 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10737 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10738 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10739 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10742 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10743 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10745 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10746 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10748 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10749 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10750 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10752 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10753 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10755 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10756 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10757 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10758 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10759 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10760 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10761 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10762 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10763 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10766 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10767 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10768 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10769 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10770 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10771 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10772 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10773 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10774 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10775 doc/HACKING for details.
10777 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10778 distribution's bugtracker.
10780 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10781 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10782 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10783 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10784 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10785 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10786 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10787 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10788 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10789 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10790 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10791 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10792 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10793 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10794 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10795 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10796 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10797 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10798 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10800 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10804 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10805 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10806 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10807 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10808 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10809 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10810 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10811 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10812 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10813 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10814 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10815 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10816 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10817 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10818 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10819 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10820 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10821 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10824 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10825 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10826 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10828 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10829 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10830 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10831 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10832 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10833 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10834 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10836 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10837 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10838 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10839 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10840 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10841 command works for tmux.
10843 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10844 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10845 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10846 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10847 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10848 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10850 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10851 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10853 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10854 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10855 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10857 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10859 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10860 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10861 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10862 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10863 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10865 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10866 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10867 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10868 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10870 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10871 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10872 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10873 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10874 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10875 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10877 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10878 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10879 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10881 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10882 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10883 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10884 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10885 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10886 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10888 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10889 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10892 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10893 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10896 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10897 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10900 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10901 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10902 logging performance.
10904 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10905 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10906 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10907 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10908 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10909 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10911 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10912 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10913 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10914 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10916 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10917 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10919 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10920 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10921 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10923 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10925 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10926 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10927 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10928 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10930 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10931 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10932 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10933 refuse to operate on such files.
10935 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10936 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10937 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10939 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10940 just hidden container images.
10942 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10943 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10945 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10946 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10947 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10948 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10949 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10950 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10951 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10952 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10953 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10954 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10955 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10957 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10958 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10959 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10960 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10961 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10962 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10963 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10964 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10965 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10966 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
10967 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
10970 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
10971 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
10972 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
10973 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
10975 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
10976 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
10977 rate of the socket unit.
10979 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
10980 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
10981 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
10982 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
10983 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
10985 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
10986 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
10987 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
10988 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
10989 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
10990 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
10993 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
10994 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
10996 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
10997 merged into the kernel in its current form.
10999 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11000 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11001 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11002 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11003 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11005 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11006 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11007 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11009 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11010 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11011 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11012 target is now included in early userspace.
11014 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11015 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11016 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11017 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11018 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
11019 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
11020 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
11021 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
11022 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
11023 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
11024 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
11025 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
11026 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
11027 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
11028 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
11029 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
11030 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
11031 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
11032 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
11033 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11034 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
11035 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
11036 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
11037 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
11038 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11041 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
11045 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
11046 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
11047 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
11048 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
11049 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
11050 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11051 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11052 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11053 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11054 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11055 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11056 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11057 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11059 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11060 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11061 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11064 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11067 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11068 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11069 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11070 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11071 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11072 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11073 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11074 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11075 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11076 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11077 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11078 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11079 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11080 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11083 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11084 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11085 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11086 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11087 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11088 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11089 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11090 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11092 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
11093 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
11094 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
11095 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
11096 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
11097 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
11098 and group at package installation time.
11100 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
11101 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
11102 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
11103 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
11104 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
11106 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
11107 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
11108 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
11111 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
11112 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
11114 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
11115 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
11116 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
11117 file is already initialized.
11119 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
11120 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
11121 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
11122 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
11123 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
11124 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
11125 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
11126 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
11127 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
11129 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
11130 working directory for the process started in the container.
11132 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
11133 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
11134 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
11135 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
11136 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
11138 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11139 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
11140 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
11142 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
11143 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
11144 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
11145 sd_journal_restart_fields().
11147 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
11148 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
11149 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
11150 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
11151 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
11153 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
11154 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
11155 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
11156 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
11158 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
11159 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
11160 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
11161 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
11162 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
11163 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
11164 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
11165 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
11166 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
11167 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
11168 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
11171 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
11172 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
11173 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
11174 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
11175 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
11176 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
11177 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
11178 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
11180 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
11182 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
11183 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
11184 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
11186 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
11187 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
11188 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
11191 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
11192 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
11194 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
11195 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
11196 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
11197 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
11198 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
11199 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
11200 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
11201 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
11202 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
11203 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
11204 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
11205 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
11206 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
11208 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
11209 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
11210 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
11211 clusters or larger setups.
11213 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
11215 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
11218 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
11220 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
11221 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
11222 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
11223 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
11224 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
11225 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
11227 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
11228 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
11229 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
11231 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
11232 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
11233 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
11234 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
11236 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
11238 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
11239 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
11240 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
11241 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
11242 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
11243 maintain compatibility.
11245 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
11246 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
11247 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
11248 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
11249 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
11250 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
11251 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
11252 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
11253 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
11254 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
11255 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
11256 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11257 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
11258 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
11259 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
11260 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
11261 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11262 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
11263 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11265 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
11269 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
11270 files are now also available as properties to set when
11271 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
11272 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
11273 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
11274 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
11275 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11276 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
11277 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
11279 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
11280 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
11281 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
11283 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
11284 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
11285 created transiently.
11287 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
11288 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
11289 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
11290 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
11291 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
11292 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
11293 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
11294 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
11296 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
11297 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
11298 disk and sync the files, before returning.
11300 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
11301 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
11302 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
11305 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
11306 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
11307 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
11308 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
11309 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
11312 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
11313 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
11315 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
11316 individual indexes.
11318 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
11319 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
11320 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
11321 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
11324 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
11325 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
11326 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
11327 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
11328 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
11329 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
11330 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
11331 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
11332 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
11333 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
11334 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
11335 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
11336 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
11337 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
11338 number of processes or tasks each user may own
11339 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
11340 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
11341 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
11342 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
11343 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
11344 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
11346 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
11347 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
11348 links between the host and the container.
11350 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
11351 added that allows importing select environment variables
11352 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
11355 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
11356 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
11357 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
11358 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
11359 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
11360 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
11361 than until they first elapse.
11363 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
11364 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
11365 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
11366 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
11367 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
11368 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
11369 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
11370 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
11372 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
11373 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
11374 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
11375 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
11376 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
11377 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
11378 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
11379 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
11380 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
11381 journal and in coredump handling.
11383 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
11384 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
11385 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
11386 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
11387 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
11388 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
11389 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
11390 software you package still references it, as this is a
11391 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
11392 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
11394 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
11396 Note that only util-linux versions built with
11397 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
11399 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
11400 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
11401 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
11403 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
11404 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
11405 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
11406 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
11407 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
11408 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
11409 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
11410 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
11411 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
11412 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
11413 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
11414 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
11415 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
11416 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
11417 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
11418 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
11420 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
11421 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
11422 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
11423 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
11424 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
11425 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
11426 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
11427 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
11428 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
11431 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
11432 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
11433 to the various user database fields of the user that the
11434 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
11435 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
11436 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
11437 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
11438 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
11439 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
11440 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
11441 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
11442 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
11443 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
11444 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
11445 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
11446 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
11447 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
11448 of PID 1 is the root user).
11450 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
11451 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
11452 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11453 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
11454 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11455 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
11456 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11457 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
11458 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11459 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
11460 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
11461 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
11462 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11463 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
11466 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
11470 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
11471 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
11472 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
11474 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
11475 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
11476 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
11477 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
11478 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
11479 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
11481 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
11482 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
11483 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
11484 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
11485 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
11487 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
11488 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
11489 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
11490 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
11491 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
11492 packets on unestablished sockets.
11494 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
11495 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
11496 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
11499 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
11500 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
11501 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
11503 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
11504 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
11505 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
11508 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
11509 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
11512 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
11513 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
11514 directory is set to the home directory of the user
11515 configured in User=.
11517 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
11518 directory of the selected user by default.
11520 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
11521 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
11522 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
11523 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
11524 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
11525 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
11528 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
11529 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
11530 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
11533 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
11534 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
11535 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
11536 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
11539 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
11540 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
11541 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
11542 namespaces work correctly.
11544 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
11545 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
11546 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
11547 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
11550 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11551 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11552 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11553 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11554 system instance in a container.
11556 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11557 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11558 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11559 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11560 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11563 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11564 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11566 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11567 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11568 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11569 processes attached, or similar.
11571 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11572 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11573 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11575 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11576 specifiers like %i or %f.
11578 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11579 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11580 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11581 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11583 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11584 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11585 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11586 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11587 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11588 descriptors using sd_notify().
11590 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11592 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11593 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11595 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11596 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11598 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11601 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11602 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11603 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11604 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11605 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11606 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11607 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11608 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11609 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11610 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11611 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11612 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11613 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11614 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11615 gdm-autologin is used.
11617 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11618 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11619 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11620 next to the image file.
11622 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11623 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11624 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11625 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11627 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11628 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11629 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11630 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11631 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11632 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11634 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11635 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11636 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11637 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11638 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11639 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11640 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11641 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11642 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11643 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11644 number of files in place.
11646 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11647 on kernels where that is supported.
11649 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11651 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11652 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11653 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11654 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11655 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11656 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11657 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11658 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11659 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11660 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11661 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11662 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11663 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11664 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11665 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11666 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11667 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11668 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11670 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11674 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11677 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11678 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11679 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11680 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11681 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11682 is any) is propagated.
11684 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11685 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11686 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11687 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11688 information is enabled between host and containers by
11689 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11690 to what the host has set.
11692 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11693 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11695 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11696 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11697 information back, even if the server loses state.
11699 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11700 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11703 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11704 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11705 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11706 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11708 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11709 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11710 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11711 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11712 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11714 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11715 for virtio devices.
11717 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11718 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11719 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11720 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11721 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11722 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11723 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11724 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11725 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11726 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11727 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11728 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11729 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11730 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11731 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11732 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11733 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11734 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11735 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11736 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11737 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11738 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11739 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11740 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11743 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11744 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11745 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11746 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11749 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11750 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11751 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11752 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11753 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11754 work correctly in containers now.
11756 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11757 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11759 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11760 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11761 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11762 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11763 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11765 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11766 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11769 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11770 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11771 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11772 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11774 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11775 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11776 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11777 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11778 nspawn command line.
11780 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11781 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11782 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11783 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11784 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11785 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11786 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11787 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11789 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11793 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11794 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11795 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11796 shell directly without prompting for username or
11797 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11798 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11799 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11800 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11801 the originating session.
11803 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11804 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11806 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11807 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11808 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11809 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11810 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11811 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11812 probably not stabilize on this release.
11814 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11815 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11818 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11819 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11820 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11822 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11823 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11825 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11826 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11827 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11828 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11829 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11832 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11833 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11835 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11836 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11837 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11838 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11839 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11842 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11843 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11844 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11845 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11846 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11848 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11849 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11850 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11851 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11852 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11853 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11854 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11855 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11856 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11857 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11858 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11859 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11861 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11865 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11866 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11868 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11869 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11870 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11872 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11873 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11874 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11876 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11880 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11881 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11882 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11883 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11885 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11886 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11888 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11889 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11891 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11893 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11894 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11895 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11897 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11898 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11899 decapsulated packet.
11901 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11902 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11903 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11904 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11907 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11908 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11909 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11910 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11912 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11913 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11914 according to RFC2460.
11916 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11917 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11919 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11920 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11921 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11923 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11924 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11925 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11926 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11927 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11928 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11930 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11931 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11932 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11933 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11934 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11935 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11936 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11937 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11938 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11939 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11941 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11945 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11946 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11947 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11949 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11950 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11952 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11953 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11954 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11955 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11956 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11958 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11959 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11960 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11962 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11963 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11964 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11965 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11966 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
11968 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11970 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
11971 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
11972 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
11973 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
11974 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
11975 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11976 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
11977 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
11978 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11979 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11981 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
11985 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
11986 stable and have been added to the official interface of
11987 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
11988 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
11989 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
11990 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
11991 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
11992 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
11993 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
11994 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
11995 portable to other kernels.
11997 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
11998 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
11999 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12000 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12001 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12002 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12003 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12004 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12005 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12006 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12009 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12012 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12013 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12014 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12015 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12016 in README for details.
12018 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
12019 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
12020 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
12021 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
12024 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
12027 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
12030 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
12031 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
12033 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
12034 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
12035 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
12038 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
12039 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
12040 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
12042 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
12043 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
12044 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
12045 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
12046 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
12047 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
12048 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
12049 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
12050 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12051 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12052 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12053 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12054 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12055 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12056 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12057 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12059 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12063 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12064 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12065 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12066 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12067 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12068 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12069 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12070 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12072 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12073 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12074 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12075 service consumed). This value is only available if
12076 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12077 in the "systemctl status" output.
12079 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12080 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12081 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12082 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12083 previously was already the default behaviour).
12085 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12086 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12087 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12089 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12090 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12091 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12092 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
12094 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
12095 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
12096 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
12097 journaling file systems that support external journal
12098 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
12099 systems to be mounted.
12101 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
12102 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
12103 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
12104 stable release this should not be problematic.
12106 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
12107 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
12108 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
12109 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
12110 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
12112 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
12113 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
12114 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
12115 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
12118 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
12119 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
12121 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
12122 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
12123 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
12125 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
12127 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
12128 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
12129 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
12130 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
12131 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
12132 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
12133 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
12134 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
12135 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
12136 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
12137 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
12138 been fixed in v220.
12140 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
12143 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
12144 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
12145 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
12146 containers started from the command line.
12148 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
12149 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
12151 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
12152 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
12153 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
12154 indirection via a pseudo tty.
12156 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
12157 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
12158 when shutting down.
12160 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
12161 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
12164 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
12165 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
12166 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
12167 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
12168 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
12169 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
12170 images are imported via systemd-importd.
12172 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
12173 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
12174 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
12176 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
12177 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
12178 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
12181 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
12182 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
12184 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
12185 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
12186 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
12187 without further privileges or authorization.
12189 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
12190 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
12191 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
12192 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
12193 accessible via a bus interface.
12195 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
12196 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
12197 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
12198 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
12199 to cover this functionality.
12201 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
12202 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
12203 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
12204 disabled/masked also stopped.
12206 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
12207 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
12208 updated to support systemd-boot.
12210 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
12211 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
12212 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
12213 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
12214 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
12215 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
12216 like this and can extract OS release information from them
12217 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
12218 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
12220 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
12221 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
12224 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
12225 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
12226 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
12227 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
12229 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
12230 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
12231 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
12232 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
12234 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
12235 stick devices has been added.
12237 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
12238 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
12240 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
12241 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
12242 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
12243 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
12244 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
12246 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
12247 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
12248 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
12250 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
12251 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
12254 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
12255 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
12256 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
12258 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
12259 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
12260 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
12261 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
12262 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
12263 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
12264 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
12265 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12266 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
12267 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
12268 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12269 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
12270 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
12271 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
12272 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
12273 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
12274 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
12275 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12276 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
12277 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
12278 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
12279 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
12280 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
12281 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
12282 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
12283 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
12284 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12286 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
12290 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
12291 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
12292 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
12293 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
12294 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
12295 interface with and update the database.
12297 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
12298 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
12299 before bytewise copying is done.
12301 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
12302 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
12303 directory, and immediately removed when the container
12304 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
12305 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
12306 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
12307 for starting a container off the root file system of the
12308 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
12309 available on btrfs file systems.
12311 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
12312 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
12313 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
12314 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
12315 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
12318 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
12319 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
12320 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
12321 mount point remains.
12323 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
12324 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
12325 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
12326 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
12327 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
12328 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
12329 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
12332 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
12333 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
12334 container to the host or vice versa.
12336 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
12337 mount host directories into local containers. This is
12338 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
12340 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
12341 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
12343 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
12344 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
12345 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
12346 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
12347 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
12348 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
12349 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
12350 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
12351 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
12352 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
12353 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
12354 make the functionality of importd available to the
12355 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
12356 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
12357 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
12358 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
12359 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
12360 only fully supported on btrfs.
12362 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
12363 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
12364 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
12365 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
12366 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
12367 information about images.
12369 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
12370 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
12371 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
12372 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
12373 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
12374 legacy file systems).
12376 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
12377 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
12378 shown in networkctl output.
12380 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
12381 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
12382 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
12383 processes as system services while interactively
12384 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
12385 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
12386 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
12387 full login session, the difference being that the former
12388 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
12391 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
12392 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
12393 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
12394 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
12395 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
12397 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
12398 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
12399 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
12400 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
12401 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
12404 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
12405 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
12406 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
12407 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
12408 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
12411 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
12412 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
12413 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
12414 integrate with that.
12416 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
12417 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
12418 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
12419 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
12421 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
12422 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
12423 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
12425 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
12426 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
12427 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
12428 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
12429 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
12430 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
12431 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
12432 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
12433 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
12434 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
12436 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
12437 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
12440 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
12441 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
12442 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
12443 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
12444 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
12445 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
12446 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
12447 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
12448 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
12449 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
12450 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
12451 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
12452 explicitly turned on.
12454 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
12455 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
12456 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
12457 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
12459 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
12462 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
12463 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
12464 user/session following the status output. Similar,
12465 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
12466 associated with a virtual machine or container
12467 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
12468 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
12469 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
12472 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
12473 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
12474 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
12475 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
12476 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
12477 caller's session/user.
12479 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
12480 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
12481 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
12482 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
12485 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
12486 same way as unit files.
12488 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
12489 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
12490 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
12491 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
12492 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
12493 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
12494 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
12497 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
12498 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
12499 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
12500 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
12501 the host as if their services were running directly on the
12504 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
12505 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
12506 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
12507 updated to make use of it too by default.
12509 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
12510 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
12511 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
12512 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
12514 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
12515 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
12516 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
12517 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
12518 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
12519 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
12522 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
12523 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
12524 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
12525 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
12526 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
12527 information about Touchpad types.
12529 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
12530 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
12532 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
12535 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
12536 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
12538 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
12541 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
12542 tmpfs, automatically.
12544 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
12545 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
12546 status" output, if available.
12548 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
12549 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12550 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12551 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12552 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12553 run on next reboot.
12555 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12556 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12557 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12558 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12559 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12560 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12561 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12563 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12564 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12565 after a configurable timeout.
12567 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12568 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12569 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12570 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12573 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12574 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12576 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12577 each .network interface in networkd.
12579 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12582 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12583 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12585 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12586 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12587 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12588 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12589 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12590 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12591 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12592 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12593 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12594 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12595 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12596 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12597 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12598 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12599 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12600 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12601 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12602 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12603 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12604 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12605 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12606 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12607 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12608 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12610 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12614 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12615 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12616 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12617 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12619 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12620 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12621 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12622 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12623 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12625 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12627 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12628 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12629 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12630 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12631 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12632 modified configuration after editing.
12634 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12635 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12636 system preset files.
12638 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12639 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12640 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12641 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12642 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12643 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12644 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12645 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12648 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12651 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12652 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12653 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12654 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12657 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12658 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12659 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12660 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12661 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12662 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12663 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12664 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12665 parallel to journald.
12667 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12668 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12671 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12672 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12673 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12674 or are not older than the specified time.
12676 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12677 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12678 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12679 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12681 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12682 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12683 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12684 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12685 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12688 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12689 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12692 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12693 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12694 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12695 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12696 the new "busctl tree" command.
12698 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12699 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12700 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12703 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12704 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12705 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12708 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12709 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12710 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12711 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12712 --link-journal=try-guest.
12714 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12715 stable MAC addresses.
12717 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12718 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12719 the respective unit shall use.
12721 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12722 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12723 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12724 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12726 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12727 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12728 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12729 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12730 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12731 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12733 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12736 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12738 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12739 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12740 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12741 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12742 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12743 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12744 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12745 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12746 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12747 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12748 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12749 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12751 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12752 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12753 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12754 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12755 bluetooth, …) is used.
12757 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12758 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12759 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12760 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12761 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12762 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12763 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12764 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12766 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12767 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12768 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12769 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12770 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12771 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12772 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12773 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12774 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12777 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12778 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12779 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12780 luks.name= argument.
12782 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12783 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12784 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12785 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12786 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12787 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12789 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12790 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12791 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12793 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12794 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12795 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12796 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12797 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12798 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12799 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12800 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12801 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12802 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12803 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12804 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12805 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12806 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12807 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12808 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12809 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12810 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12812 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12816 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12817 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12818 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12819 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12821 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12822 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12823 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12824 now waits until the operation is complete.
12826 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12827 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12828 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12829 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12830 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12833 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12836 * User units are now loaded also from
12837 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12838 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12839 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12841 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12842 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12843 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12844 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12845 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12846 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12847 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12848 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12849 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12850 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12851 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12852 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12853 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12854 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12855 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12858 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12859 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12860 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12862 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12863 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12864 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12865 command line to trigger resume.
12867 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12868 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12869 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12870 Desktop=systemd-console.
12872 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12875 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12876 from the information provided by the networking stack
12877 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12879 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12880 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12882 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12883 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12884 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12886 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12888 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12889 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12890 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12891 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12892 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12893 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12895 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12896 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12899 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12902 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12903 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12904 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12907 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12909 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12911 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12912 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12913 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12914 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12915 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12916 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12917 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12919 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12920 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12921 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12922 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12923 from the service's view entirely.
12925 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12926 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12928 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12929 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12932 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12933 legacy-free systems.
12935 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12936 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12939 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12940 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12941 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12942 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12943 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12944 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12947 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12948 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12949 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12952 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12953 services, not only the main process.
12955 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12956 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12957 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12958 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12959 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12961 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12962 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12963 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12964 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12965 directly from now on, again.
12967 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
12968 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
12969 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
12970 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
12971 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
12972 enabling and disabling.
12974 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
12975 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
12976 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
12977 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
12978 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
12979 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
12980 unnecessary or unlikely.
12982 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
12983 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
12984 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
12985 "annually", "hourly", …).
12987 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
12988 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
12989 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
12990 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
12991 overwritten at runtime.
12993 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
12994 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
12995 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
12996 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
12997 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
12998 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
12999 segmentation fault.
13001 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13002 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13003 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13004 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13005 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13006 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13007 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13008 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13009 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13010 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13011 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13012 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13013 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13014 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13015 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13016 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13017 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13018 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
13019 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13020 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13021 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13024 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
13028 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
13029 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
13030 implementations should add a
13032 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
13034 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
13035 default functionality.
13037 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
13038 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
13039 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
13040 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
13041 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
13042 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
13043 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
13044 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
13045 files might need to be owned by them. A new
13046 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
13047 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
13048 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
13049 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
13051 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13052 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13053 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13054 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13055 added eventually, too.
13057 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13058 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13059 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13060 new command to update these fields.
13062 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13063 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13064 have been discovered via DHCP.
13066 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13067 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13068 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13069 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13070 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13071 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13072 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13073 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13074 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13075 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13076 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13077 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13078 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13079 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13080 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13081 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13082 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13083 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13084 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13085 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13087 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13088 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13089 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13091 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13092 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
13093 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
13094 and present it to the user in a very friendly
13095 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
13096 control utility for networkd.
13098 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
13099 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
13100 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
13101 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
13102 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
13103 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
13106 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
13107 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
13109 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
13110 be started only after time-sync.target has been
13111 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
13112 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
13113 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
13114 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
13116 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
13117 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
13120 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
13121 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
13123 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
13124 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
13126 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
13127 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
13128 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
13131 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
13132 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
13133 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
13134 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
13135 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
13136 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
13137 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
13138 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
13140 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
13141 validation of unit files.
13143 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
13144 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
13145 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
13146 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
13147 address may now be configured.
13149 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
13150 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
13151 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
13152 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
13154 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
13155 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
13157 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
13158 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
13159 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
13160 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
13162 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
13163 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
13164 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
13165 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
13168 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
13169 journal data to a remote system running
13170 systemd-journal-remote.
13172 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
13173 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
13174 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
13175 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
13176 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
13177 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
13178 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
13179 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
13180 version, you have to turn this option on again
13181 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
13183 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
13184 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
13185 better than XZ which was the previous default.
13187 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
13188 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
13190 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
13191 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
13193 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
13194 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
13195 "systemctl status" output for a service.
13197 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
13198 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
13199 hostname, root password) interactively on first
13200 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
13201 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
13203 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
13205 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
13207 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
13208 when primary addresses are removed.
13210 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
13211 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
13212 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
13213 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
13214 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
13215 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
13216 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13217 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13218 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
13219 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
13220 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
13221 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
13222 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
13223 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
13224 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13226 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
13230 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
13231 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
13232 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
13233 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
13234 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
13235 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
13236 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
13237 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
13238 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
13241 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
13242 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
13244 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
13245 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
13246 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
13247 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
13248 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
13249 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
13250 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
13252 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
13253 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
13254 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
13255 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
13256 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
13257 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
13258 update or reset should use this condition and order
13259 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
13260 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
13261 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
13262 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
13263 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
13264 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
13265 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
13266 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
13267 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
13269 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
13271 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
13272 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
13273 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
13274 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
13276 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
13277 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
13278 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
13279 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
13280 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
13281 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
13282 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
13283 .network files using settings of this section should be
13284 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
13285 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
13287 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
13288 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
13290 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
13291 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
13292 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
13293 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
13294 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
13295 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
13296 of nspawn instances.
13298 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
13299 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
13302 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
13303 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
13304 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
13305 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
13306 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
13307 configuration stored in /etc.
13309 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
13310 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
13311 parsing of unknown mount options.
13313 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
13314 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
13315 it already exist and not already be the correct
13316 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
13317 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
13318 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
13319 pre-existing files of different types.
13321 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
13322 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
13323 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
13324 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
13325 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
13326 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
13327 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
13329 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
13330 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
13331 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
13332 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
13335 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
13336 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
13337 example whether it is fully up and running.
13339 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
13340 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
13341 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
13344 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
13345 most basic services systemd ships by default.
13347 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
13348 field for defining the default instance to create if a
13349 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
13351 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
13352 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
13353 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
13355 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
13356 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
13357 access to this group.
13359 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
13360 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
13361 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
13364 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
13365 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
13366 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
13367 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
13368 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
13369 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
13371 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
13372 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
13373 that makes sure to only show information about the most
13374 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
13375 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
13376 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
13377 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
13378 the old name to the new name.
13380 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
13381 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
13382 coredumpctl without restrictions.
13384 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
13385 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
13386 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
13387 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
13388 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
13389 "systemd-debug-generator".
13391 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
13392 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
13393 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
13394 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
13395 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
13396 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
13397 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
13398 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
13399 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
13400 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
13401 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
13403 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
13404 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
13405 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
13406 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
13407 been added to query many of these paths for the local
13410 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
13411 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
13412 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
13413 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
13414 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
13416 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
13417 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
13418 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
13419 couple of drop-in directories.
13421 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
13422 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
13423 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
13424 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
13427 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
13428 container (read from /etc/os-release and
13429 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
13430 "machinectl status" for a machine.
13432 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
13433 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
13434 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
13435 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
13438 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
13439 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
13440 directly connect to a specific container on the
13441 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
13442 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
13443 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
13444 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
13445 containers is a privileged operation.
13447 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
13448 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
13449 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
13450 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
13451 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13452 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
13453 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13454 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
13455 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
13456 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
13457 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
13458 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13460 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
13464 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
13465 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
13466 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
13467 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
13468 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
13469 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
13470 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
13471 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
13472 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
13473 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
13474 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
13475 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
13476 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
13477 devices are excluded from this logic.
13479 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
13480 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
13481 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
13482 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
13483 change has been released.
13485 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
13486 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
13487 libattr is thus unnecessary.
13489 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
13490 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
13491 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
13492 with fewer privileges.
13494 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
13495 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
13496 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
13497 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
13499 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
13500 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
13502 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
13503 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
13505 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
13506 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
13507 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
13509 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
13510 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
13511 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
13512 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
13513 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
13514 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
13516 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
13517 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
13518 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
13520 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
13521 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
13522 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
13523 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
13524 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
13525 modifications of user data or system files from
13526 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
13527 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
13529 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
13530 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
13531 and FIFOs in the file system.
13533 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
13534 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
13535 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
13537 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
13538 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
13539 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
13540 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
13543 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
13544 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
13545 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
13546 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
13547 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
13548 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
13549 symlinks, and nothing else.
13551 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13552 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13553 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13554 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13555 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13556 process (for example, the parent process). The
13557 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13558 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13559 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13560 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13561 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13562 messages to services when the originating process already
13565 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13566 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13567 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13568 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13569 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13570 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13571 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13572 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13573 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13574 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13575 all long-running services.
13577 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13578 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13579 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13580 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13583 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13584 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13585 applied to all submounts, too.
13587 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13589 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13590 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13591 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13592 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13593 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13594 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13595 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13597 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13598 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13599 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13600 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13603 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13604 files or entire directories.
13606 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13607 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13608 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13609 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13610 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13612 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13613 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13614 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13615 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13616 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13617 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13618 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13619 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13620 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13621 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13622 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13623 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13625 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13626 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13627 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13628 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13630 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13631 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13632 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13633 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13634 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13637 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13638 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13639 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13641 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13642 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13643 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13646 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13647 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13648 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13649 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13650 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13651 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13654 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13658 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13659 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13660 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13661 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13662 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13663 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13664 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13665 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13666 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13667 client should be more than appropriate for most
13668 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13669 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13670 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13671 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13672 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13673 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13674 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13675 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13676 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13677 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13678 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13680 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13681 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13682 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13683 part of a different namespace.
13685 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13686 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13687 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13688 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13690 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13691 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13692 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13694 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13695 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13696 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13697 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13698 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13699 restart the service in question.
13701 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13702 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13703 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13704 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13705 details when running non-locally.
13707 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13708 graphs it generates.
13710 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13711 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13712 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13713 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13714 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13716 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13718 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13719 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13720 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13721 what it was on SysV systems.
13723 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13724 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13726 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13727 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13728 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13730 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13731 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13732 to show these addresses in its output.
13734 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13735 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13736 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13737 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13738 preferred over a text one.
13740 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13741 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13742 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13743 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13744 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13747 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13748 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13749 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13750 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13751 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13753 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13754 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13755 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13756 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13757 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13759 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13760 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13761 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13762 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13763 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13764 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13765 overrides any other settings.
13767 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13768 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13769 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13770 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13771 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13772 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13773 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13774 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13775 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13776 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13777 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13778 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13779 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13780 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13781 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13782 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13785 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13789 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13790 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13791 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13792 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13793 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13796 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13797 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13798 registered with machined.
13800 * sd-login gained new calls
13801 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13802 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13803 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13806 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13807 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13808 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13809 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13810 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13811 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13812 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13813 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13816 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13817 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13818 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13820 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13821 units on all local containers, when used with the
13822 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13823 executed when no parameters are specified).
13825 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13826 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13827 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13828 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13830 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13831 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13832 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13833 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13834 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13835 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13837 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13838 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13839 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13842 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13843 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13844 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13845 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13846 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13847 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13848 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13849 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13851 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13852 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13855 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13856 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13857 emergency messages now.
13859 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13860 journal log messages across the network.
13862 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13863 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13864 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13865 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13866 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13867 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13868 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13870 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13871 down a local OS container.
13873 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13874 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13875 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13877 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13878 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13879 this is appropriate.
13881 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13882 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13883 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13885 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13886 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13887 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13888 for debugging purposes.
13890 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13891 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13894 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13895 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13896 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13897 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13898 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13899 like on traditional inetd.
13901 * A new system.conf configuration option
13902 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13903 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13905 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13906 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13907 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13910 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13911 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13912 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13913 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13914 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13915 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13917 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13918 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13919 it will be triggered.
13921 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13922 addresses to its local interfaces.
13924 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13925 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13926 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13927 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13928 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13929 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13930 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13931 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13934 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13938 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13939 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13940 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13941 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13942 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13943 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13945 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13946 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13947 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13948 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13949 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13950 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13951 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13952 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13953 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13955 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13956 matching against device group names.
13958 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13959 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13960 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13961 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13962 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13965 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13966 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
13967 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
13968 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
13969 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13970 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
13971 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
13972 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
13973 systems prepared appropriately.
13975 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
13976 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
13977 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13978 (see above). This means that installations made with
13979 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
13980 deployed using container managers, completely
13981 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
13982 this feature soon, too.)
13984 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
13985 set up a private macvlan interface for the
13986 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
13987 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
13989 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
13992 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
13993 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
13996 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
13997 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
13998 still not a public API though (unless you specify
13999 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14000 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14002 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14003 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14004 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14005 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14006 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14007 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14008 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14009 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14010 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14011 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14012 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14013 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14016 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14017 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14018 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
14019 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
14020 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
14021 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
14022 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
14023 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
14024 due to a closed lid.
14026 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
14027 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
14028 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
14029 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
14030 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
14031 order to then act as suspend blocker.
14033 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
14034 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
14035 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
14036 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
14037 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
14039 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
14040 now also work in --scope mode.
14042 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
14043 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
14044 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
14045 promises are made.)
14047 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
14048 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14049 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
14050 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14051 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14052 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14053 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14054 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14055 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14056 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14058 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14062 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14063 according to SMACK rules.
14065 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14066 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14068 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14069 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14070 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14072 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14073 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14076 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14077 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14078 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14079 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14080 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14081 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14082 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14083 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14084 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14085 backpack or similar.
14087 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14088 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14089 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14090 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14091 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14092 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
14093 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
14094 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
14095 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
14098 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
14099 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
14100 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
14101 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
14103 * We will now ship a default .network file for
14104 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
14105 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
14106 --network-bridge= switches.
14108 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
14109 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
14110 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
14111 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
14112 metrics, according to what is customary according to
14113 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
14114 each configuration option.
14116 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
14117 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
14118 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
14119 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
14122 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
14123 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
14124 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
14125 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
14126 triggered by other work being done in the program.
14128 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
14129 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
14130 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
14133 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
14134 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
14135 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
14136 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
14137 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
14138 them with systemd-networkd.
14140 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
14141 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
14142 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
14143 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
14144 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
14145 is drastically increased, but given that these are
14146 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
14147 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
14148 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
14149 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
14150 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
14151 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
14152 during a transitional period!
14154 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
14155 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
14157 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
14158 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14159 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
14160 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
14161 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
14162 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14163 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
14164 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14166 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
14170 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
14171 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
14172 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
14173 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
14174 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
14175 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
14176 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
14177 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
14178 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
14179 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
14180 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
14181 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
14183 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
14184 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
14185 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
14186 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
14187 machines and the like.
14189 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
14192 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
14193 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
14195 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
14196 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
14197 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
14198 prepared for additional security frameworks.
14200 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
14201 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
14202 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
14203 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
14204 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
14205 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
14207 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
14208 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
14209 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
14210 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
14211 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
14212 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
14213 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
14214 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
14215 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
14217 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
14218 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
14220 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
14221 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
14224 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
14225 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
14226 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
14227 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
14228 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
14229 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
14230 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
14231 and .service units.
14233 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
14234 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
14235 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
14237 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
14238 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
14239 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
14240 nothing makes use of it.
14242 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
14243 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
14244 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
14246 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
14247 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
14248 compatibility purposes.
14250 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
14251 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
14252 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
14253 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
14254 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
14255 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
14256 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
14259 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
14260 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
14261 style to "sd-bus.h".
14263 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
14264 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
14265 "systemd-networkd".
14267 * There is a new kernel command line option
14268 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
14269 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
14270 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
14273 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
14274 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
14275 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
14276 PID1's support for that anymore.
14278 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
14279 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
14281 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
14282 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
14283 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
14284 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
14285 container that is registered with machined, such as those
14286 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
14288 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
14289 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
14290 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
14291 onto remote systems.
14293 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
14294 login in any local container. This works with any container
14295 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
14296 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
14298 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
14299 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
14300 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
14301 system of some kind.
14303 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
14304 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
14307 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
14308 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
14309 reboot() system call.
14311 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
14312 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
14313 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
14314 still available but not advertised anymore.
14316 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
14317 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
14318 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
14321 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
14322 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
14325 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
14326 timestamps (following the setting in
14327 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
14329 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
14330 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
14332 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
14333 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
14335 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
14336 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
14337 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
14339 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
14340 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
14341 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
14342 the full configuration is shown.
14344 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
14345 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
14346 those commands which take multiple unit names.
14348 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
14350 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
14351 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
14353 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
14354 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
14355 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
14356 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
14358 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
14359 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
14360 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
14361 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
14363 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
14364 of the legend text.
14366 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
14367 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
14368 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
14371 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
14372 information of SDIO devices.
14374 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
14375 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
14376 the system manager.
14378 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
14379 short description of the connection parameters in the
14382 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
14383 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
14384 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
14385 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
14386 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
14387 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
14388 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
14390 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
14391 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
14392 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
14393 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
14394 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
14395 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
14396 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
14397 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
14398 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
14400 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
14401 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
14402 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
14403 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
14404 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
14405 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
14406 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
14407 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
14408 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
14409 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
14410 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
14411 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
14412 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
14413 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
14414 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
14415 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
14416 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
14417 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
14418 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
14419 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
14420 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
14421 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
14422 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
14424 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
14425 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
14426 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
14427 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
14428 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
14429 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
14430 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
14431 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
14432 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
14433 that you are aware of the instability of the current
14436 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
14437 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
14438 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
14439 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
14440 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
14441 declare the APIs stable.
14443 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
14444 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
14445 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
14446 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
14447 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
14448 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
14449 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
14450 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
14451 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
14452 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
14453 one of them is updated.
14455 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
14456 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
14457 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
14458 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
14459 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
14461 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
14462 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
14463 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
14464 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
14465 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
14468 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
14469 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
14470 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
14471 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
14472 been disabled at compile-time.
14474 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
14475 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
14476 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
14477 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
14479 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
14480 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
14481 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
14483 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
14484 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
14485 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
14487 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
14488 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
14489 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
14491 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
14492 remains until jobs expire.
14494 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
14495 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
14496 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
14497 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
14498 all remaining processes of the service.
14500 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
14501 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
14502 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
14503 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
14504 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
14505 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
14506 manager process which created them takes no further
14507 responsibilities for it.
14509 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
14510 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
14511 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
14512 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
14513 marked executable or world-writable.
14515 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
14516 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
14517 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
14518 "--setenv=" for consistency.
14520 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
14521 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
14522 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
14523 independent of the host.
14525 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
14526 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
14527 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
14528 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
14530 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
14531 with specific SELinux labels set.
14533 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
14534 any additional output but the container's own console
14537 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
14538 container without PID namespacing enabled.
14540 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
14541 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
14542 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
14543 OS images, but only specific apps.
14545 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
14546 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
14547 results in registration of the unit service itself in
14548 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
14550 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14551 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14552 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14553 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14554 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14555 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14557 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14558 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14559 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14560 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14563 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14564 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14565 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14566 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14568 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14569 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14570 context for a service.
14572 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14573 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14574 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14575 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14576 influence this logic.
14578 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14579 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14580 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14583 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14584 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14585 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14586 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14587 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14588 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14589 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14590 architectures). There is also a global
14591 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14592 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14594 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14595 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14597 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14598 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14599 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14600 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14601 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14602 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14603 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14604 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14605 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14606 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14607 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14608 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14609 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14610 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14611 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14612 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14613 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14614 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14615 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14616 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14617 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14618 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14619 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14620 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14622 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14626 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14627 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14628 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14629 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14630 access input and drm devices which are normally
14631 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14632 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14633 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14634 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14635 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14636 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14637 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14638 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14640 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14641 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14642 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14644 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14645 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14646 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14647 kernel version number.
14649 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14650 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14651 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14653 * This release removes high-level support for the
14654 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14655 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14656 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14657 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14659 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14660 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14661 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14662 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14663 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14666 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14667 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14668 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14669 logs among other things.
14671 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14672 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14673 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14674 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14675 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14676 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14677 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14678 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14679 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14680 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14681 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14682 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14683 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14684 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14685 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14686 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14687 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14688 not delayed until next reboot.
14690 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14691 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14692 systemd generated files in one directory.
14694 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14695 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14696 performance information if that's available to determine how
14697 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14698 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14699 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14701 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14702 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14703 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14704 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14705 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14706 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14707 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14709 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14713 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14714 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14715 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14716 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14718 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14719 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14720 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14721 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14722 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14724 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14725 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14727 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14728 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14729 maximum number of tries.
14731 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14732 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14733 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14735 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14736 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14738 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14739 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14740 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14742 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14743 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14744 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14746 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14747 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14748 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14751 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14752 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14754 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14755 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14756 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14757 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14759 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14760 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14761 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14762 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14763 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14764 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14765 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14766 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14768 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14769 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14770 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14771 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14773 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14774 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14775 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14776 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14777 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14778 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14779 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14781 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14782 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14784 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14785 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14786 automatically after the process terminated.
14788 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14789 certain paths from operation.
14791 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14792 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14795 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14796 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14797 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14798 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14799 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14800 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14801 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14802 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14803 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14804 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14805 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14806 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14807 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14809 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14813 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14814 concepts introduced with 205.
14816 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14817 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14820 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14821 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14822 --state= parameter.
14824 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14825 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14826 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14829 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14830 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14831 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14833 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14834 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14835 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14836 browsing logs from that point on.
14838 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14841 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14842 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14843 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14844 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14845 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14846 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14847 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14848 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14849 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14850 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14851 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14852 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14853 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14854 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14856 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14857 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14858 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14859 backing module right-away.
14861 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14862 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14864 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14865 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14867 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14868 set of processes in the message metadata.
14870 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14872 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14873 support for passing performance data via environment
14874 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14875 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14876 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14877 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14878 deserialize it again.
14880 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14881 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14882 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14883 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14885 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14886 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14887 completely silent shutdown when used.
14889 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14890 option in .socket units.
14892 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14893 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14894 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14895 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14896 system.slice as before.
14898 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14900 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14901 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14902 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14903 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14904 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14905 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14906 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14908 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14912 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14914 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14915 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14916 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14917 possible for system services and applications to group their
14918 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14919 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14920 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14922 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14923 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14924 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14925 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14926 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14928 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14929 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14930 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14931 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14933 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14934 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14935 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14936 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14937 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14938 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14939 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14940 and useful as a general batch manager.
14942 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14943 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14944 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14945 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14946 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14947 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14948 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14949 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14950 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14951 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14953 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14954 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14955 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14956 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14957 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14958 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14959 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14960 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14961 is compile-time optional.
14963 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14964 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14965 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14966 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
14967 well as slice units.
14969 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
14970 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
14971 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
14972 but will be extended later on to make more properties
14973 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
14974 command that wraps this call.
14976 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
14977 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
14978 while configuring a number of settings via the command
14979 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
14980 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
14981 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
14982 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
14984 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
14985 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
14988 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
14989 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
14991 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
14992 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
14993 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
14996 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
14997 snippets extending unit files.
14999 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15000 not available as public API.
15002 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15003 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15004 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15006 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15007 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15008 controls what to boot into by default.
15010 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15011 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15013 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15014 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15015 about the unit file loading.
15017 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15018 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
15019 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
15020 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
15021 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
15022 racy due to journal file rotation.
15024 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
15025 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
15028 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
15029 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
15030 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
15031 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
15032 system services want to log events about specific client
15033 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
15034 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
15037 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
15038 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
15039 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
15040 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
15041 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
15042 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15043 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
15044 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
15045 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
15046 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
15047 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15048 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
15049 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
15053 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15054 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15056 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15057 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15058 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15060 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15061 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15065 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15066 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15068 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15069 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15070 fields, including the root directory.
15072 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15073 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15074 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15075 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15076 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15077 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15078 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15079 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15080 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15081 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15082 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15084 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15085 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15087 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15088 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15090 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15091 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15092 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
15093 the local hostname.
15095 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
15096 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
15097 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
15098 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
15099 VMs/containers coming and going.
15101 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
15102 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
15103 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
15105 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
15106 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
15107 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
15108 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
15110 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
15111 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
15112 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
15114 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
15115 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
15116 services. With the container's root directory in
15117 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
15118 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
15120 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
15121 the processes within a certain container.
15123 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
15124 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
15125 check though. Patches welcome!
15127 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
15128 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
15129 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
15130 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
15131 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
15133 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
15134 the passed argument if applicable.
15136 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15137 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15138 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
15139 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
15140 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
15141 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
15142 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15147 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
15148 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
15149 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
15150 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
15151 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
15154 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
15155 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
15156 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
15157 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
15158 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
15159 for now, and not installable.
15161 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
15162 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
15163 can run in conjunction with udev.
15165 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
15166 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
15167 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
15170 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
15171 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
15172 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
15173 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
15174 services, user processes and containers/virtual
15175 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
15176 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
15177 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
15178 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
15179 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
15180 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
15182 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
15184 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
15185 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
15186 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
15187 logical expressions.
15189 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
15192 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
15193 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
15194 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
15195 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
15198 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
15199 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
15200 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
15201 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
15202 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
15205 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
15206 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15207 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
15208 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15209 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
15210 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15214 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
15215 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
15218 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
15219 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
15220 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
15221 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
15224 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
15225 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
15226 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
15227 before the key file is attempted to be read.
15229 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
15230 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
15232 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
15233 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
15234 files in this context are files such as
15235 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
15237 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
15238 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
15239 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
15240 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
15241 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
15242 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
15244 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
15247 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
15248 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
15249 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
15250 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
15251 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
15252 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
15253 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
15254 all time-related output of systemd.
15256 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
15257 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
15258 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
15261 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
15262 (models, layouts, variants, options).
15264 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
15265 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
15266 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
15267 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
15268 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
15270 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
15271 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
15272 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
15273 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
15274 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
15275 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
15276 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
15280 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
15281 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
15282 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
15283 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
15284 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
15285 middle ground between physical and access time order.
15287 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
15288 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
15291 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
15292 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
15293 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15297 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
15299 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
15302 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
15303 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
15304 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
15305 shared by all processes of a service (which means
15306 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
15307 the same service can still access). When a service is
15308 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
15309 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
15312 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
15313 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
15314 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
15315 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
15316 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
15317 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
15319 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
15320 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
15322 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
15323 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
15325 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
15327 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
15328 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
15329 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
15330 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
15331 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
15333 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
15334 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
15335 system is to be mounted.
15337 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
15338 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
15339 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
15340 purpose for socket units.
15342 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
15343 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
15345 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
15346 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
15347 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
15348 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
15349 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
15351 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
15352 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
15353 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
15354 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15355 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
15356 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
15357 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15358 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15359 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15363 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
15364 files without having to edit/override the unit files
15365 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
15366 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
15367 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
15368 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
15369 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
15370 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
15371 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
15372 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
15373 unit files locally: copying the files from
15374 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
15375 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
15376 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
15377 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
15378 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
15379 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
15382 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
15383 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
15384 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
15385 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
15386 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
15387 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
15388 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
15389 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
15390 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
15392 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
15393 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
15395 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
15396 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
15397 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
15400 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
15401 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
15402 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
15403 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
15404 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
15405 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
15406 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
15407 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
15408 management logic is also available to other programs via the
15409 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
15412 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
15413 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
15416 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
15419 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
15420 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
15421 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
15422 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
15423 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
15424 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
15425 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
15426 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
15427 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
15428 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
15429 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
15430 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
15433 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
15434 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
15435 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
15436 objects themselves.
15438 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
15440 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
15441 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
15442 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
15443 to how this is supported in shells.
15445 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
15446 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
15447 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
15448 user systemd instance.
15450 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
15451 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
15452 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
15453 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
15454 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
15455 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
15456 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
15457 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
15458 one day for good in the kernel.
15460 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
15461 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
15464 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
15465 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
15466 the host into the container.
15468 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
15469 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
15470 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
15471 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
15472 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
15473 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
15475 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
15477 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
15478 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
15479 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
15480 configured to be mounted there.
15482 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
15483 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
15484 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
15485 system resume events.
15487 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
15488 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
15489 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
15490 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
15492 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
15493 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
15494 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
15497 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
15498 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
15499 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
15501 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
15502 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
15503 later "change" event.
15505 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
15506 now carry a message ID.
15508 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
15509 continues to be work in progress.
15511 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
15512 root directory to operate relative to.
15514 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
15515 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
15516 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
15519 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
15520 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
15521 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
15522 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
15523 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
15524 request boot into firmware operations.
15526 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
15527 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
15528 correctly in initrds.
15530 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
15531 compile time optional via a configure switch.
15533 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
15534 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
15536 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
15537 the status of all active or failed units.
15539 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
15540 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
15541 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
15542 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
15543 requests more robust.
15545 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
15546 reading journal files.
15548 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
15549 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15551 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15553 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15554 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15556 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15557 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15558 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15559 socket activation in daemons.
15561 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15562 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15564 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15565 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15566 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15568 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15569 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15572 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15573 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15574 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15576 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15577 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15578 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15579 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15580 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15581 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15582 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15583 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15584 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15585 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15586 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15587 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15588 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15589 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15590 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15591 package installation time.
15593 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15594 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15595 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15598 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15599 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15601 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15603 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15606 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15607 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15609 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15610 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15611 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15612 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15613 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15614 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15615 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15616 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15617 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15618 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15619 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15620 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15621 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15622 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15626 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15627 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15628 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15629 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15630 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15631 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15632 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15633 the supported calendar time specification language see
15636 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15637 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15638 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15639 document for details:
15641 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15643 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15644 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15645 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15646 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15649 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15650 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15651 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15652 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15653 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15654 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15655 with a configure switch.
15657 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15658 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15659 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15660 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15663 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15664 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15665 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15667 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15668 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15670 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15671 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15672 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15673 using only core OS tools.
15675 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15676 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15677 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15678 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15679 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15680 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15683 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15684 presenting log data.
15686 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15687 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15689 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15692 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15693 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15694 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15695 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15696 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15697 information if possible.
15699 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15700 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15701 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15703 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15704 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15705 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15706 is running on battery power.
15708 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15709 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15710 is in the "failed" state.
15712 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15713 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15714 environment files at once.
15716 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15717 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15718 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15719 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15720 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15721 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15722 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15723 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15724 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15725 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15726 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15727 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15728 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15730 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15731 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15733 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15734 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15736 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15737 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15738 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15739 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15740 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15741 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15742 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15743 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15744 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15745 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15746 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15747 shipped from us upstream.
15749 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15750 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15751 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15752 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15753 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15754 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15755 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15756 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15757 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15758 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15759 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15760 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15765 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15766 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15767 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15768 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15769 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15770 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15771 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15772 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15773 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15774 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15775 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15776 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15777 data for all devices where this is available, by
15778 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15779 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15780 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15781 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15782 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15783 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15785 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15786 indexed database to link up additional information with
15787 journal entries. For further details please check:
15789 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15791 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15792 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15793 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15794 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15795 macro for this purpose.
15797 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15798 Python logging framework.
15800 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15801 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15802 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15803 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15804 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15807 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15808 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15809 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15811 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15812 right-away on the selected coredump.
15814 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15815 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15816 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15818 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15819 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15820 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15821 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15823 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15826 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15827 SMACK security label.
15829 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15830 daylight saving change.
15832 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15833 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15834 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15835 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15836 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15837 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15838 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15840 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15841 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15842 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15843 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15844 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15845 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15846 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15848 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15849 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15851 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15852 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15853 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15854 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15855 offline updating tools.
15857 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15858 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15859 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15860 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15861 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15862 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15864 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15865 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15867 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15868 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15869 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15870 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15871 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15872 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15873 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15874 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15875 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15879 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15880 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15881 units via --unit=/-u.
15883 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15886 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15887 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15890 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15891 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15892 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15893 completion of journalctl has been updated
15894 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15895 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15897 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15898 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15900 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15901 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15902 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15903 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15904 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15905 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15906 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15909 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15910 extract coredumps from the journal.
15912 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15913 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15914 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15915 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15916 scratch their heads.
15918 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15919 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15921 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15922 in immediate termination of systemd.
15924 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15925 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15927 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15928 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15929 mouse screen support has been added.
15931 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15932 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15934 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15935 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15936 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15937 "systemctl reload".
15939 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15942 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15943 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15946 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15947 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15949 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15950 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15951 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15952 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15953 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15954 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15955 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15959 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15960 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15961 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15962 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15963 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15964 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15965 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15966 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
15967 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
15968 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
15969 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
15970 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
15972 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
15973 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
15974 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15978 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
15979 starting from the specified location in the journal.
15981 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
15982 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
15983 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
15985 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
15986 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
15987 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
15988 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
15989 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
15990 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
15991 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
15993 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
15994 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
15996 This will download the journal contents in a
15997 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
15999 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16001 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16002 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16003 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16004 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16005 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16007 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16009 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16010 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16014 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16017 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16018 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
16019 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
16020 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
16023 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
16024 and line break accordingly.
16026 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16027 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
16031 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
16032 container environment, copying the host's timezone
16033 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
16034 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
16035 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
16037 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
16038 will default to 10 if omitted.
16040 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
16041 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
16042 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
16043 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
16044 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
16046 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
16047 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
16048 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
16049 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
16050 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16051 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16052 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16054 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16055 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16056 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16057 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16058 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16061 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16062 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16066 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16067 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16068 "systemctl status".
16070 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16071 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16072 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16073 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16076 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16077 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16080 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16081 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16082 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16083 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16086 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16087 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16088 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16089 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16090 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16091 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16093 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
16094 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
16095 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
16098 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
16099 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
16100 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
16101 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
16102 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
16104 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
16105 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
16107 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
16108 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
16109 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
16112 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
16113 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
16114 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
16116 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
16118 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
16119 multiple files at once.
16121 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
16122 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
16123 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
16124 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
16125 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
16126 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
16127 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
16129 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
16130 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
16131 now support specifiers as well.
16133 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
16136 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
16137 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
16139 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
16140 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
16141 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
16142 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
16145 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
16146 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
16147 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
16148 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
16150 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
16151 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
16152 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
16154 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
16155 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
16156 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
16159 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
16160 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
16163 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
16164 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
16165 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
16166 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
16167 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
16168 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
16169 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
16171 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
16173 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
16174 the unit file label and client process label into account.
16176 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
16177 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
16179 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
16180 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
16183 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
16184 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
16185 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16186 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16187 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
16188 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
16189 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16193 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
16194 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
16196 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
16197 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
16198 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
16199 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
16200 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
16201 syslog daemons again.
16203 * The libudev API gained the new
16204 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
16206 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
16207 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
16208 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
16209 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
16211 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
16212 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
16215 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
16216 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
16217 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
16218 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
16219 this explaining it in more detail.
16221 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
16222 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
16223 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
16224 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
16226 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
16227 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
16228 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
16231 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
16232 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
16233 as container init process a lot more fun.
16235 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
16238 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
16239 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
16240 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
16241 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
16242 different sets of services.
16244 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
16247 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
16248 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
16249 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16253 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
16254 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
16255 tree a lot more organized.
16257 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
16258 may be used to group services in a natural way.
16260 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
16263 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
16264 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
16265 filtering by log level now.
16267 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
16268 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
16269 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
16271 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
16272 command lines involving service unit names.
16274 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
16275 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
16277 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
16278 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
16279 and encodes structured information about the error number.
16281 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
16284 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
16285 a shutdown is cancelled.
16287 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
16288 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
16289 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
16290 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
16291 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
16293 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
16294 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
16295 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
16296 for display managers instead.
16298 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
16299 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
16300 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
16301 protection, and suchlike.
16303 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
16304 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
16305 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
16308 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
16309 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
16310 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
16311 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
16312 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
16313 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16317 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
16320 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
16321 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
16324 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
16327 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
16329 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
16330 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
16332 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
16333 specific directory.
16335 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
16336 messages of two different boots.
16338 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
16339 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
16340 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
16342 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
16343 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
16346 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
16347 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
16348 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
16350 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
16351 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
16352 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
16354 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
16355 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
16356 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
16357 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
16358 speed things up a bit.
16360 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
16361 header data of journal files.
16363 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
16364 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
16365 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
16367 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
16368 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
16369 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
16370 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
16372 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16374 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
16375 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
16376 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16381 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
16382 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
16383 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
16386 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
16387 automatically generated at boot. Use:
16389 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
16391 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
16393 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
16395 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
16396 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
16399 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
16400 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
16401 in all appropriate directories automatically.
16403 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
16404 does the right thing. Example:
16406 udevadm info /dev/sda
16407 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
16409 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
16410 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
16411 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
16414 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
16415 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
16417 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
16418 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
16420 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
16421 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
16422 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
16425 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
16426 be stopped that is not loaded.
16428 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
16430 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
16432 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
16433 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
16434 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
16435 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
16437 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
16438 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
16439 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
16440 completed initialization.
16442 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
16444 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
16445 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
16446 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
16447 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
16450 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
16451 always valid when services log to the journal via
16454 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
16455 command line options we understand.
16457 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
16458 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
16460 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
16461 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
16463 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
16464 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
16465 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
16466 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
16468 systemctl status /home
16469 systemctl status /dev/sda
16471 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
16472 system.conf parsing.
16474 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
16477 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
16479 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
16481 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
16482 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
16485 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
16486 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
16487 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
16488 systemd-fsck@.service.
16490 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
16493 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
16496 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
16497 we actually understand.
16499 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
16500 additional capabilities to the container.
16502 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
16503 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
16504 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
16506 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
16507 the current boot only.
16509 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
16510 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
16512 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
16513 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
16514 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
16515 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
16516 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
16518 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16520 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
16521 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16522 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
16523 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
16527 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
16530 * Several new man pages have been added.
16532 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
16533 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
16534 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
16535 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
16537 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
16538 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
16540 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
16541 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
16546 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
16547 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
16549 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16550 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16553 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16554 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16556 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16557 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16558 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16559 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16563 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16564 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16565 and systemd's most recent version number.
16567 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16568 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16569 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16570 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16571 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16572 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16574 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16575 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16578 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16579 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16580 used to subscribe to events.
16582 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16583 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16584 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16585 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16586 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16587 forked by udev rules.
16589 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16590 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16591 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16594 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16595 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16596 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16597 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16598 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16600 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16601 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16603 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16604 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16605 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16606 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16608 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16609 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16610 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16611 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16612 to be used as drop-in files.
16614 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16615 particular suspending and hibernating.
16617 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16618 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16619 about this in more detail.
16621 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16622 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16623 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16624 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16625 from git history and add them downstream.
16627 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16628 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16629 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16632 * All smaller setup units (such as
16633 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16634 are run in a container and are skipped when
16635 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16636 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16638 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16639 integrated, for details see:
16640 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16642 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16643 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16646 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16647 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16648 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16649 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16650 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16652 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16653 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16654 for all units started by PID 1.
16656 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16657 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16658 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16660 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16663 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16664 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16665 have not been read by systemd yet.
16667 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16668 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16669 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16670 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16671 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16672 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16674 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16675 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16677 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16679 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16680 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16683 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16684 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16685 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16686 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16689 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16690 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16691 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16692 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16694 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16695 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16697 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16698 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16701 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16702 ID on the command line.
16704 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16705 for an init system.
16707 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16710 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16712 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16713 components now have directories of their own.
16715 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16717 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16718 container in other hierarchies.
16720 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16723 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16725 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16726 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16728 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16729 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16731 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16732 locally generated journal files.
16734 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16736 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16738 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16739 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16740 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16741 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16742 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16743 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16744 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16745 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16746 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16751 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16753 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16754 KVM or container configured UUID.
16756 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16758 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16760 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16761 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16763 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16765 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16768 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16769 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16770 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16772 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16775 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16778 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16779 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16780 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16781 automatically generated data.
16783 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16784 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16787 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16790 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16791 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16792 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16797 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16799 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16801 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16803 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16804 normal user logins.
16806 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16811 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16813 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16814 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16817 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16818 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16819 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16821 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16822 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16823 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16825 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16827 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16828 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16829 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16833 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16834 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16837 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16838 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16839 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16841 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16844 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16845 understood to set system wide environment variables
16846 dynamically at boot.
16848 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16850 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16851 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16852 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16855 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16856 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16861 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16863 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16864 "Result" D-Bus property.
16866 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16867 the next few releases.)
16869 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16870 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16871 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16872 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16874 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16875 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16876 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16880 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16883 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16886 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16887 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16888 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16889 journals by the respective users.
16891 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16892 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16893 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16895 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16896 client for all entries.
16898 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16900 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16901 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16903 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16904 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16905 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16906 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16908 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16909 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16910 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16912 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16913 journal along with meta data.
16915 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16916 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16917 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16919 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16920 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16921 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16923 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16925 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16926 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16927 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16930 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16931 requested with new -k switch.
16933 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16934 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16938 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16941 * The git repository moved to:
16942 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16943 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16945 * First release with the journal
16946 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16948 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16949 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16951 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16953 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16955 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16956 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16959 * Added Mageia support
16961 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16963 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16964 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16965 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16966 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
16967 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
16969 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
16970 of existing distributions.
16972 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
16973 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
16975 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
16976 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
16979 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
16981 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
16982 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
16983 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
16984 among other things.
16986 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
16987 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
16989 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
16991 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
16992 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
16993 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
16995 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
16998 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
16999 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17002 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17003 of /usr/local by default.
17005 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17006 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17008 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17010 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17011 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17012 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17013 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17014 supported anyway, and bad style).
17016 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17017 reloading of units together.
17019 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
17020 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
17021 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17022 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
17023 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek